drive: add --drive-server-side-across-configs

In #2728 and 55b9a4e we decided to allow server side operations
between google drives with different configurations.

This works in some cases (eg between teamdrives) but does not work in
the general case, and this caused breakage in quite a number of
people's workflows.

This change makes the feature conditional on the
--drive-server-side-across-configs flag which defaults to off.

See: https://forum.rclone.org/t/gdrive-to-gdrive-error-404-file-not-found/9621/10

Fixes #3119

.travis.yml

@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ env:
   global:
     - GOTAGS=cmount
     - GO111MODULE=off
+    - GITHUB_USER=ncw
     - secure: gU8gCV9R8Kv/Gn0SmCP37edpfIbPoSvsub48GK7qxJdTU628H0KOMiZW/T0gtV5d67XJZ4eKnhJYlxwwxgSgfejO32Rh5GlYEKT/FuVoH0BD72dM1GDFLSrUiUYOdoHvf/BKIFA3dJFT4lk2ASy4Zh7SEoXHG6goBlqUpYx8hVA=
-    - secure: AMjrMAksDy3QwqGqnvtUg8FL/GNVgNqTqhntLF9HSU0njHhX6YurGGnfKdD9vNHlajPQOewvmBjwNLcDWGn2WObdvmh9Ohep0EmOjZ63kliaRaSSQueSd8y0idfqMQAxep0SObOYbEDVmQh0RCAE9wOVKRaPgw98XvgqWGDq5Tw=
     - secure: Uaiveq+/rvQjO03GzvQZV2J6pZfedoFuhdXrLVhhHSeP4ZBca0olw7xaqkabUyP3LkVYXMDSX8EbyeuQT1jfEe5wp5sBdfaDtuYW6heFyjiHIIIbVyBfGXon6db4ETBjOaX/Xt8uktrgNge6qFlj+kpnmpFGxf0jmDLw1zgg7tk=
 addons:
   apt:
@@ -49,9 +49,6 @@ matrix:
   allow_failures:
     - go: tip
   include:
-    - go: 1.8.x
-      script:
-        - make quicktest
     - go: 1.9.x
       script:
         - make quicktest

Makefile

@@ -61,10 +61,7 @@ racequicktest:
 
 # Do source code quality checks
 check:	rclone
-	@# we still run go vet for -printfuncs which golangci-lint doesn't do yet
-	@# see: https://github.com/golangci/golangci-lint/issues/204
 	@echo "-- START CODE QUALITY REPORT -------------------------------"
-	@go vet $(BUILDTAGS) -printfuncs Debugf,Infof,Logf,Errorf ./...
 	@golangci-lint run $(LINTTAGS) ./...
 	@echo "-- END CODE QUALITY REPORT ---------------------------------"
 
@@ -101,7 +98,7 @@ commanddocs: rclone
 	XDG_CACHE_HOME="" XDG_CONFIG_HOME="" HOME="\$$HOME" USER="\$$USER" rclone gendocs docs/content/commands/
 
 backenddocs: rclone bin/make_backend_docs.py
-	./bin/make_backend_docs.py
+	XDG_CACHE_HOME="" XDG_CONFIG_HOME="" HOME="\$$HOME" USER="\$$USER" ./bin/make_backend_docs.py
 
 rcdocs: rclone
 	bin/make_rc_docs.sh
@@ -194,7 +191,7 @@ endif
 
 # Fetch the binary builds from travis and appveyor
 fetch_binaries:
-	rclone -P sync $(BETA_UPLOAD) build/
+	rclone -P sync --exclude "/testbuilds/**" --delete-excluded $(BETA_UPLOAD) build/
 
 serve:	website
 	cd docs && hugo server -v -w

README.md

@@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ Please see [the full list of all storage providers and their features](https://r
   * Optional encryption ([Crypt](https://rclone.org/crypt/))
   * Optional cache ([Cache](https://rclone.org/cache/))
   * Optional FUSE mount ([rclone mount](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_mount/))
+  * Multi-threaded downloads to local disk
+  * Can [serve](https://rclone.org/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote files over HTTP/WebDav/FTP/SFTP/dlna
 
 ## Installation & documentation
 

RELEASE.md

@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ Making a release
 
 Early in the next release cycle update the vendored dependencies
   * Review any pinned packages in go.mod and remove if possible
+      * GO111MODULE=on go get -u github.com/spf13/cobra@master
   * make update
   * git status
   * git add new files

backend/alias/alias.go

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ import (
 func init() {
 	fsi := &fs.RegInfo{
 		Name:        "alias",
-		Description: "Alias for a existing remote",
+		Description: "Alias for an existing remote",
 		NewFs:       NewFs,
 		Options: []fs.Option{{
 			Name:     "remote",

backend/amazonclouddrive/amazonclouddrive.go

@@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/dircache"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/oauthutil"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/pacer"
-	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/rest"
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
 	"golang.org/x/oauth2"
 )
@@ -1093,7 +1092,7 @@ func (o *Object) Open(options ...fs.OpenOption) (in io.ReadCloser, err error) {
 		if !bigObject {
 			in, resp, err = file.OpenHeaders(headers)
 		} else {
-			in, resp, err = file.OpenTempURLHeaders(rest.ClientWithHeaderReset(o.fs.noAuthClient, headers), headers)
+			in, resp, err = file.OpenTempURLHeaders(o.fs.noAuthClient, headers)
 		}
 		return o.fs.shouldRetry(resp, err)
 	})

backend/azureblob/azureblob.go

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 // Package azureblob provides an interface to the Microsoft Azure blob object storage system
 
-// +build !plan9,!solaris,go1.8
+// +build !plan9,!solaris
 
 package azureblob
 

backend/azureblob/azureblob_internal_test.go

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// +build !plan9,!solaris,go1.8
+// +build !plan9,!solaris
 
 package azureblob
 

backend/azureblob/azureblob_test.go

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 // Test AzureBlob filesystem interface
 
-// +build !plan9,!solaris,go1.8
+// +build !plan9,!solaris
 
 package azureblob
 

backend/azureblob/azureblob_unsupported.go

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 // Build for azureblob for unsupported platforms to stop go complaining
 // about "no buildable Go source files "
 
-// +build plan9 solaris !go1.8
+// +build plan9 solaris
 
 package azureblob

backend/cache/cache.go

@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ import (
 
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/crypt"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/cache"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configmap"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configstruct"
@@ -481,7 +482,7 @@ func NewFs(name, rootPath string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 			return nil, errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to create cache directory %v", f.opt.TempWritePath)
 		}
 		f.opt.TempWritePath = filepath.ToSlash(f.opt.TempWritePath)
-		f.tempFs, err = fs.NewFs(f.opt.TempWritePath)
+		f.tempFs, err = cache.Get(f.opt.TempWritePath)
 		if err != nil {
 			return nil, errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to create temp fs: %v", err)
 		}

backend/cache/cache_test.go

@@ -15,7 +15,9 @@ import (
 // TestIntegration runs integration tests against the remote
 func TestIntegration(t *testing.T) {
 	fstests.Run(t, &fstests.Opt{
-		RemoteName: "TestCache:",
-		NilObject:  (*cache.Object)(nil),
+		RemoteName:                   "TestCache:",
+		NilObject:                    (*cache.Object)(nil),
+		UnimplementableFsMethods:     []string{"PublicLink", "MergeDirs", "OpenWriterAt"},
+		UnimplementableObjectMethods: []string{"MimeType", "ID", "GetTier", "SetTier"},
 	})
 }

backend/crypt/crypt.go

@@ -169,23 +169,10 @@ func NewFs(name, rpath string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		WriteMimeType:           false,
 		BucketBased:             true,
 		CanHaveEmptyDirectories: true,
+		SetTier:                 true,
+		GetTier:                 true,
 	}).Fill(f).Mask(wrappedFs).WrapsFs(f, wrappedFs)
 
-	doChangeNotify := wrappedFs.Features().ChangeNotify
-	if doChangeNotify != nil {
-		f.features.ChangeNotify = func(notifyFunc func(string, fs.EntryType), pollInterval <-chan time.Duration) {
-			wrappedNotifyFunc := func(path string, entryType fs.EntryType) {
-				decrypted, err := f.DecryptFileName(path)
-				if err != nil {
-					fs.Logf(f, "ChangeNotify was unable to decrypt %q: %s", path, err)
-					return
-				}
-				notifyFunc(decrypted, entryType)
-			}
-			doChangeNotify(wrappedNotifyFunc, pollInterval)
-		}
-	}
-
 	return f, err
 }
 
@@ -202,6 +189,7 @@ type Options struct {
 // Fs represents a wrapped fs.Fs
 type Fs struct {
 	fs.Fs
+	wrapper  fs.Fs
 	name     string
 	root     string
 	opt      Options
@@ -544,6 +532,16 @@ func (f *Fs) UnWrap() fs.Fs {
 	return f.Fs
 }
 
+// WrapFs returns the Fs that is wrapping this Fs
+func (f *Fs) WrapFs() fs.Fs {
+	return f.wrapper
+}
+
+// SetWrapper sets the Fs that is wrapping this Fs
+func (f *Fs) SetWrapper(wrapper fs.Fs) {
+	f.wrapper = wrapper
+}
+
 // EncryptFileName returns an encrypted file name
 func (f *Fs) EncryptFileName(fileName string) string {
 	return f.cipher.EncryptFileName(fileName)
@@ -616,6 +614,75 @@ func (f *Fs) ComputeHash(o *Object, src fs.Object, hashType hash.Type) (hashStr
 	return m.Sums()[hashType], nil
 }
 
+// MergeDirs merges the contents of all the directories passed
+// in into the first one and rmdirs the other directories.
+func (f *Fs) MergeDirs(dirs []fs.Directory) error {
+	do := f.Fs.Features().MergeDirs
+	if do == nil {
+		return errors.New("MergeDirs not supported")
+	}
+	out := make([]fs.Directory, len(dirs))
+	for i, dir := range dirs {
+		out[i] = fs.NewDirCopy(dir).SetRemote(f.cipher.EncryptDirName(dir.Remote()))
+	}
+	return do(out)
+}
+
+// DirCacheFlush resets the directory cache - used in testing
+// as an optional interface
+func (f *Fs) DirCacheFlush() {
+	do := f.Fs.Features().DirCacheFlush
+	if do != nil {
+		do()
+	}
+}
+
+// PublicLink generates a public link to the remote path (usually readable by anyone)
+func (f *Fs) PublicLink(remote string) (string, error) {
+	do := f.Fs.Features().PublicLink
+	if do == nil {
+		return "", errors.New("PublicLink not supported")
+	}
+	o, err := f.NewObject(remote)
+	if err != nil {
+		// assume it is a directory
+		return do(f.cipher.EncryptDirName(remote))
+	}
+	return do(o.(*Object).Object.Remote())
+}
+
+// ChangeNotify calls the passed function with a path
+// that has had changes. If the implementation
+// uses polling, it should adhere to the given interval.
+func (f *Fs) ChangeNotify(notifyFunc func(string, fs.EntryType), pollIntervalChan <-chan time.Duration) {
+	do := f.Fs.Features().ChangeNotify
+	if do == nil {
+		return
+	}
+	wrappedNotifyFunc := func(path string, entryType fs.EntryType) {
+		// fs.Debugf(f, "ChangeNotify: path %q entryType %d", path, entryType)
+		var (
+			err       error
+			decrypted string
+		)
+		switch entryType {
+		case fs.EntryDirectory:
+			decrypted, err = f.cipher.DecryptDirName(path)
+		case fs.EntryObject:
+			decrypted, err = f.cipher.DecryptFileName(path)
+		default:
+			fs.Errorf(path, "crypt ChangeNotify: ignoring unknown EntryType %d", entryType)
+			return
+		}
+		if err != nil {
+			fs.Logf(f, "ChangeNotify was unable to decrypt %q: %s", path, err)
+			return
+		}
+		notifyFunc(decrypted, entryType)
+	}
+	do(wrappedNotifyFunc, pollIntervalChan)
+}
+
 // Object describes a wrapped for being read from the Fs
 //
 // This decrypts the remote name and decrypts the data
@@ -774,6 +841,34 @@ func (o *ObjectInfo) Hash(hash hash.Type) (string, error) {
 	return "", nil
 }
 
+// ID returns the ID of the Object if known, or "" if not
+func (o *Object) ID() string {
+	do, ok := o.Object.(fs.IDer)
+	if !ok {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return do.ID()
+}
+
+// SetTier performs changing storage tier of the Object if
+// multiple storage classes supported
+func (o *Object) SetTier(tier string) error {
+	do, ok := o.Object.(fs.SetTierer)
+	if !ok {
+		return errors.New("crypt: underlying remote does not support SetTier")
+	}
+	return do.SetTier(tier)
+}
+
+// GetTier returns storage tier or class of the Object
+func (o *Object) GetTier() string {
+	do, ok := o.Object.(fs.GetTierer)
+	if !ok {
+		return ""
+	}
+	return do.GetTier()
+}
+
 // Check the interfaces are satisfied
 var (
 	_ fs.Fs              = (*Fs)(nil)
@@ -787,7 +882,15 @@ var (
 	_ fs.UnWrapper       = (*Fs)(nil)
 	_ fs.ListRer         = (*Fs)(nil)
 	_ fs.Abouter         = (*Fs)(nil)
+	_ fs.Wrapper         = (*Fs)(nil)
+	_ fs.MergeDirser     = (*Fs)(nil)
+	_ fs.DirCacheFlusher = (*Fs)(nil)
+	_ fs.ChangeNotifier  = (*Fs)(nil)
+	_ fs.PublicLinker    = (*Fs)(nil)
 	_ fs.ObjectInfo      = (*ObjectInfo)(nil)
 	_ fs.Object          = (*Object)(nil)
 	_ fs.ObjectUnWrapper = (*Object)(nil)
+	_ fs.IDer            = (*Object)(nil)
+	_ fs.SetTierer       = (*Object)(nil)
+	_ fs.GetTierer       = (*Object)(nil)
 )

backend/crypt/crypt_test.go

@@ -21,8 +21,10 @@ func TestIntegration(t *testing.T) {
 		t.Skip("Skipping as -remote not set")
 	}
 	fstests.Run(t, &fstests.Opt{
-		RemoteName: *fstest.RemoteName,
-		NilObject:  (*crypt.Object)(nil),
+		RemoteName:                   *fstest.RemoteName,
+		NilObject:                    (*crypt.Object)(nil),
+		UnimplementableFsMethods:     []string{"OpenWriterAt"},
+		UnimplementableObjectMethods: []string{"MimeType"},
 	})
 }
 
@@ -42,6 +44,8 @@ func TestStandard(t *testing.T) {
 			{Name: name, Key: "password", Value: obscure.MustObscure("potato")},
 			{Name: name, Key: "filename_encryption", Value: "standard"},
 		},
+		UnimplementableFsMethods:     []string{"OpenWriterAt"},
+		UnimplementableObjectMethods: []string{"MimeType"},
 	})
 }
 
@@ -61,6 +65,8 @@ func TestOff(t *testing.T) {
 			{Name: name, Key: "password", Value: obscure.MustObscure("potato2")},
 			{Name: name, Key: "filename_encryption", Value: "off"},
 		},
+		UnimplementableFsMethods:     []string{"OpenWriterAt"},
+		UnimplementableObjectMethods: []string{"MimeType"},
 	})
 }
 
@@ -80,6 +86,8 @@ func TestObfuscate(t *testing.T) {
 			{Name: name, Key: "password", Value: obscure.MustObscure("potato2")},
 			{Name: name, Key: "filename_encryption", Value: "obfuscate"},
 		},
-		SkipBadWindowsCharacters: true,
+		SkipBadWindowsCharacters:     true,
+		UnimplementableFsMethods:     []string{"OpenWriterAt"},
+		UnimplementableObjectMethods: []string{"MimeType"},
 	})
 }

backend/drive/drive.go

@@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
 // Package drive interfaces with the Google Drive object storage system
-
-// +build go1.9
-
 package drive
 
 // FIXME need to deal with some corner cases
@@ -385,6 +382,16 @@ will download it anyway.`,
 			Default:  defaultBurst,
 			Help:     "Number of API calls to allow without sleeping.",
 			Advanced: true,
+		}, {
+			Name:    "server_side_across_configs",
+			Default: false,
+			Help: `Allow server side operations (eg copy) to work across different drive configs.
+
+This can be useful if you wish to do a server side copy between two
+different Google drives.  Note that this isn't enabled by default
+because it isn't easy to tell if it will work beween any two
+configurations.`,
+			Advanced: true,
 		}},
 	})
 
@@ -430,6 +437,7 @@ type Options struct {
 	V2DownloadMinSize         fs.SizeSuffix `config:"v2_download_min_size"`
 	PacerMinSleep             fs.Duration   `config:"pacer_min_sleep"`
 	PacerBurst                int           `config:"pacer_burst"`
+	ServerSideAcrossConfigs   bool          `config:"server_side_across_configs"`
 }
 
 // Fs represents a remote drive server
@@ -927,7 +935,7 @@ func NewFs(name, path string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		ReadMimeType:            true,
 		WriteMimeType:           true,
 		CanHaveEmptyDirectories: true,
-		ServerSideAcrossConfigs: true,
+		ServerSideAcrossConfigs: opt.ServerSideAcrossConfigs,
 	}).Fill(f)
 
 	// Create a new authorized Drive client.
@@ -1880,11 +1888,16 @@ func (f *Fs) Copy(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
 		return nil, err
 	}
 
+	supportTeamDrives, err := f.ShouldSupportTeamDrives(src)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
 	var info *drive.File
 	err = f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
 		info, err = f.svc.Files.Copy(srcObj.id, createInfo).
 			Fields(partialFields).
-			SupportsTeamDrives(f.isTeamDrive).
+			SupportsTeamDrives(supportTeamDrives).
 			KeepRevisionForever(f.opt.KeepRevisionForever).
 			Do()
 		return shouldRetry(err)
@@ -2028,6 +2041,11 @@ func (f *Fs) Move(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
 	dstParents := strings.Join(dstInfo.Parents, ",")
 	dstInfo.Parents = nil
 
+	supportTeamDrives, err := f.ShouldSupportTeamDrives(src)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
 	// Do the move
 	var info *drive.File
 	err = f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
@@ -2035,7 +2053,7 @@ func (f *Fs) Move(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
 			RemoveParents(srcParentID).
 			AddParents(dstParents).
 			Fields(partialFields).
-			SupportsTeamDrives(f.isTeamDrive).
+			SupportsTeamDrives(supportTeamDrives).
 			Do()
 		return shouldRetry(err)
 	})
@@ -2046,6 +2064,20 @@ func (f *Fs) Move(src fs.Object, remote string) (fs.Object, error) {
 	return f.newObjectWithInfo(remote, info)
 }
 
+// ShouldSupportTeamDrives returns the request should support TeamDrives
+func (f *Fs) ShouldSupportTeamDrives(src fs.Object) (bool, error) {
+	srcIsTeamDrive := false
+	if srcFs, ok := src.Fs().(*Fs); ok {
+		srcIsTeamDrive = srcFs.isTeamDrive
+	}
+
+	if f.isTeamDrive {
+		return true, nil
+	}
+
+	return srcIsTeamDrive, nil
+}
+
 // PublicLink adds a "readable by anyone with link" permission on the given file or folder.
 func (f *Fs) PublicLink(remote string) (link string, err error) {
 	id, err := f.dirCache.FindDir(remote, false)

backend/drive/drive_internal_test.go

@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-// +build go1.9
-
 package drive
 
 import (

backend/drive/drive_test.go

@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
 // Test Drive filesystem interface
 
-// +build go1.9
-
 package drive
 
 import (

backend/drive/drive_unsupported.go

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-// Build for unsupported platforms to stop go complaining
-// about "no buildable Go source files "
-
-// +build !go1.9
-
-package drive

backend/drive/upload.go

@@ -8,8 +8,6 @@
 //
 // This contains code adapted from google.golang.org/api (C) the GO AUTHORS
 
-// +build go1.9
-
 package drive
 
 import (

backend/ftp/ftp.go

@@ -345,11 +345,36 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "list")
 	}
-	files, err := c.List(path.Join(f.root, dir))
-	f.putFtpConnection(&c, err)
-	if err != nil {
-		return nil, translateErrorDir(err)
+
+	var listErr error
+	var files []*ftp.Entry
+
+	resultchan := make(chan []*ftp.Entry, 1)
+	errchan := make(chan error, 1)
+	go func() {
+		result, err := c.List(path.Join(f.root, dir))
+		f.putFtpConnection(&c, err)
+		if err != nil {
+			errchan <- err
+			return
+		}
+		resultchan <- result
+	}()
+
+	// Wait for List for up to Timeout seconds
+	timer := time.NewTimer(fs.Config.Timeout)
+	select {
+	case listErr = <-errchan:
+		timer.Stop()
+		return nil, translateErrorDir(listErr)
+	case files = <-resultchan:
+		timer.Stop()
+	case <-timer.C:
+		// if timer fired assume no error but connection dead
+		fs.Errorf(f, "Timeout when waiting for List")
+		return nil, errors.New("Timeout when waiting for List")
 	}
+
 	// Annoyingly FTP returns success for a directory which
 	// doesn't exist, so check it really doesn't exist if no
 	// entries found.

backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage.go

@@ -1,7 +1,4 @@
 // Package googlecloudstorage provides an interface to Google Cloud Storage
-
-// +build go1.9
-
 package googlecloudstorage
 
 /*

backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage_test.go

@@ -1,7 +1,5 @@
 // Test GoogleCloudStorage filesystem interface
 
-// +build go1.9
-
 package googlecloudstorage_test
 
 import (

backend/googlecloudstorage/googlecloudstorage_unsupported.go

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-// Build for unsupported platforms to stop go complaining
-// about "no buildable Go source files "
-
-// +build !go1.9
-
-package googlecloudstorage

backend/http/http_internal_test.go

@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-// +build go1.8
-
 package http
 
 import (

backend/hubic/hubic_test.go

@@ -11,7 +11,9 @@ import (
 // TestIntegration runs integration tests against the remote
 func TestIntegration(t *testing.T) {
 	fstests.Run(t, &fstests.Opt{
-		RemoteName: "TestHubic:",
-		NilObject:  (*hubic.Object)(nil),
+		RemoteName:          "TestHubic:",
+		NilObject:           (*hubic.Object)(nil),
+		SkipFsCheckWrap:     true,
+		SkipObjectCheckWrap: true,
 	})
 }

backend/jottacloud/jottacloud.go

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ const (
 	maxSleep                    = 2 * time.Second
 	decayConstant               = 2 // bigger for slower decay, exponential
 	defaultDevice               = "Jotta"
-	defaultMountpoint           = "Sync" // nolint
+	defaultMountpoint           = "Archive"
 	rootURL                     = "https://www.jottacloud.com/jfs/"
 	apiURL                      = "https://api.jottacloud.com/files/v1/"
 	baseURL                     = "https://www.jottacloud.com/"
@@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ const (
 	configUsername              = "user"
 	configClientID              = "client_id"
 	configClientSecret          = "client_secret"
+	configDevice                = "device"
+	configMountpoint            = "mountpoint"
 	charset                     = "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyzABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789"
 )
 
@@ -69,6 +71,7 @@ var (
 
 // Register with Fs
 func init() {
+	// needs to be done early so we can use oauth during config
 	fs.Register(&fs.RegInfo{
 		Name:        "jottacloud",
 		Description: "JottaCloud",
@@ -135,7 +138,7 @@ func init() {
 			if !ok {
 				log.Fatalf("No username defined")
 			}
-			password := config.GetPassword("Your Jottacloud password is only required during config and will not be stored.")
+			password := config.GetPassword("Your Jottacloud password is only required during setup and will not be stored.")
 
 			// prepare out token request with username and password
 			values := url.Values{}
@@ -157,7 +160,7 @@ func init() {
 				// if 2fa is enabled the first request is expected to fail. We will do another request with the 2fa code as an additional http header
 				if resp != nil {
 					if resp.Header.Get("X-JottaCloud-OTP") == "required; SMS" {
-						fmt.Printf("This account has 2 factor authentication enabled you will receive a verification code via SMS.\n")
+						fmt.Printf("This account uses 2 factor authentication you will receive a verification code via SMS.\n")
 						fmt.Printf("Enter verification code> ")
 						authCode := config.ReadLine()
 						authCode = strings.Replace(authCode, "-", "", -1) // the sms received contains a pair of 3 digit numbers seperated by '-' but wants a single 6 digit number
@@ -180,23 +183,49 @@ func init() {
 			// finally save them in the config
 			err = oauthutil.PutToken(name, m, &token, true)
 			if err != nil {
-				log.Fatalf("Error while setting token: %s", err)
+				log.Fatalf("Error while saving token: %s", err)
+			}
+
+			fmt.Printf("\nDo you want to use a non standard device/mountpoint e.g. for accessing files uploaded using the official Jottacloud client?\n\n")
+			if config.Confirm() {
+				oAuthClient, _, err := oauthutil.NewClient(name, m, oauthConfig)
+				if err != nil {
+					log.Fatalf("Failed to load oAuthClient: %s", err)
+				}
+
+				srv = rest.NewClient(oAuthClient).SetRoot(rootURL)
+
+				acc, err := getAccountInfo(srv, username)
+				if err != nil {
+					log.Fatalf("Error getting devices: %s", err)
+				}
+				fmt.Printf("Please select the device to use. Normally this will be Jotta\n")
+				var deviceNames []string
+				for i := range acc.Devices {
+					deviceNames = append(deviceNames, acc.Devices[i].Name)
+				}
+				result := config.Choose("Devices", deviceNames, nil, false)
+				m.Set(configDevice, result)
+
+				dev, err := getDeviceInfo(srv, path.Join(username, result))
+				if err != nil {
+					log.Fatalf("Error getting Mountpoint: %s", err)
+				}
+				if len(dev.MountPoints) == 0 {
+					log.Fatalf("No Mountpoints found for this device.")
+				}
+				fmt.Printf("Please select the mountpoint to user. Normally this will be Archive\n")
+				var mountpointNames []string
+				for i := range dev.MountPoints {
+					mountpointNames = append(mountpointNames, dev.MountPoints[i].Name)
+				}
+				result = config.Choose("Mountpoints", mountpointNames, nil, false)
+				m.Set(configMountpoint, result)
 			}
 		},
 		Options: []fs.Option{{
 			Name: configUsername,
 			Help: "User Name:",
-		}, {
-			Name:     "mountpoint",
-			Help:     "The mountpoint to use.",
-			Required: true,
-			Examples: []fs.OptionExample{{
-				Value: "Sync",
-				Help:  "Will be synced by the official client.",
-			}, {
-				Value: "Archive",
-				Help:  "Archive",
-			}},
 		}, {
 			Name:     "md5_memory_limit",
 			Help:     "Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required.",
@@ -224,6 +253,7 @@ func init() {
 // Options defines the configuration for this backend
 type Options struct {
 	User               string        `config:"user"`
+	Device             string        `config:"device"`
 	Mountpoint         string        `config:"mountpoint"`
 	MD5MemoryThreshold fs.SizeSuffix `config:"md5_memory_limit"`
 	HardDelete         bool          `config:"hard_delete"`
@@ -331,18 +361,31 @@ func (f *Fs) readMetaDataForPath(path string) (info *api.JottaFile, err error) {
 	return &result, nil
 }
 
-// getAccountInfo retrieves account information
-func (f *Fs) getAccountInfo() (info *api.AccountInfo, err error) {
+// getAccountInfo queries general information about the account.
+// Takes rest.Client and username as parameter to be easily usable
+// during config
+func getAccountInfo(srv *rest.Client, username string) (info *api.AccountInfo, err error) {
 	opts := rest.Opts{
 		Method: "GET",
-		Path:   urlPathEscape(f.user),
+		Path:   urlPathEscape(username),
 	}
 
-	var resp *http.Response
-	err = f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
-		resp, err = f.srv.CallXML(&opts, nil, &info)
-		return shouldRetry(resp, err)
-	})
+	_, err = srv.CallXML(&opts, nil, &info)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return info, nil
+}
+
+// getDeviceInfo queries Information about a jottacloud device
+func getDeviceInfo(srv *rest.Client, path string) (info *api.JottaDevice, err error) {
+	opts := rest.Opts{
+		Method: "GET",
+		Path:   urlPathEscape(path),
+	}
+
+	_, err = srv.CallXML(&opts, nil, &info)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
@@ -351,12 +394,18 @@ func (f *Fs) getAccountInfo() (info *api.AccountInfo, err error) {
 }
 
 // setEndpointUrl reads the account id and generates the API endpoint URL
-func (f *Fs) setEndpointURL(mountpoint string) (err error) {
-	info, err := f.getAccountInfo()
+func (f *Fs) setEndpointURL() (err error) {
+	info, err := getAccountInfo(f.srv, f.user)
 	if err != nil {
 		return errors.Wrap(err, "failed to get endpoint url")
 	}
-	f.endpointURL = urlPathEscape(path.Join(info.Username, defaultDevice, mountpoint))
+	if f.opt.Device == "" {
+		f.opt.Device = defaultDevice
+	}
+	if f.opt.Mountpoint == "" {
+		f.opt.Mountpoint = defaultMountpoint
+	}
+	f.endpointURL = urlPathEscape(path.Join(info.Username, f.opt.Device, f.opt.Mountpoint))
 	return nil
 }
 
@@ -443,9 +492,6 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 	oauthConfig.ClientID = clientID
 	oauthConfig.ClientSecret = obscure.MustReveal(clientSecret)
 
-	// add jottacloud to the long list of sites that don't follow the oauth spec correctly
-	oauth2.RegisterBrokenAuthHeaderProvider("https://www.jottacloud.com/")
-
 	// the oauth client for the api servers needs
 	// a filter to fix the grant_type issues (see above)
 	baseClient := fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config)
@@ -484,7 +530,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		return err
 	})
 
-	err = f.setEndpointURL(opt.Mountpoint)
+	err = f.setEndpointURL()
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "couldn't get account info")
 	}
@@ -742,6 +788,9 @@ func (f *Fs) createObject(remote string, modTime time.Time, size int64) (o *Obje
 //
 // The new object may have been created if an error is returned
 func (f *Fs) Put(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOption) (fs.Object, error) {
+	if f.opt.Device != "Jotta" {
+		return nil, errors.New("upload not supported for devices other than Jotta")
+	}
 	o := f.createObject(src.Remote(), src.ModTime(), src.Size())
 	return o, o.Update(in, src, options...)
 }
@@ -1005,7 +1054,7 @@ func (f *Fs) PublicLink(remote string) (link string, err error) {
 
 // About gets quota information
 func (f *Fs) About() (*fs.Usage, error) {
-	info, err := f.getAccountInfo()
+	info, err := getAccountInfo(f.srv, f.user)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}

backend/local/local.go

@@ -28,8 +28,9 @@ import (
 )
 
 // Constants
-const devUnset = 0xdeadbeefcafebabe // a device id meaning it is unset
-const linkSuffix = ".rclonelink"    // The suffix added to a translated symbolic link
+const devUnset = 0xdeadbeefcafebabe                                       // a device id meaning it is unset
+const linkSuffix = ".rclonelink"                                          // The suffix added to a translated symbolic link
+const useReadDir = (runtime.GOOS == "windows" || runtime.GOOS == "plan9") // these OSes read FileInfos directly
 
 // Register with Fs
 func init() {
@@ -327,7 +328,14 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 
 	fd, err := os.Open(fsDirPath)
 	if err != nil {
-		return nil, errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to open directory %q", dir)
+		isPerm := os.IsPermission(err)
+		err = errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to open directory %q", dir)
+		fs.Errorf(dir, "%v", err)
+		if isPerm {
+			accounting.Stats.Error(fserrors.NoRetryError(err))
+			err = nil // ignore error but fail sync
+		}
+		return nil, err
 	}
 	defer func() {
 		cerr := fd.Close()
@@ -337,12 +345,38 @@ func (f *Fs) List(dir string) (entries fs.DirEntries, err error) {
 	}()
 
 	for {
-		fis, err := fd.Readdir(1024)
-		if err == io.EOF && len(fis) == 0 {
-			break
+		var fis []os.FileInfo
+		if useReadDir {
+			// Windows and Plan9 read the directory entries with the stat information in which
+			// shouldn't fail because of unreadable entries.
+			fis, err = fd.Readdir(1024)
+			if err == io.EOF && len(fis) == 0 {
+				break
+			}
+		} else {
+			// For other OSes we read the names only (which shouldn't fail) then stat the
+			// individual ourselves so we can log errors but not fail the directory read.
+			var names []string
+			names, err = fd.Readdirnames(1024)
+			if err == io.EOF && len(names) == 0 {
+				break
+			}
+			if err == nil {
+				for _, name := range names {
+					namepath := filepath.Join(fsDirPath, name)
+					fi, fierr := os.Lstat(namepath)
+					if fierr != nil {
+						err = errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to read directory %q", namepath)
+						fs.Errorf(dir, "%v", fierr)
+						accounting.Stats.Error(fserrors.NoRetryError(fierr)) // fail the sync
+						continue
+					}
+					fis = append(fis, fi)
+				}
+			}
 		}
 		if err != nil {
-			return nil, errors.Wrapf(err, "failed to read directory %q", dir)
+			return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to read directory entry")
 		}
 
 		for _, fi := range fis {
@@ -709,9 +743,10 @@ func (o *Object) Hash(r hash.Type) (string, error) {
 
 	o.fs.objectHashesMu.Lock()
 	hashes := o.hashes
+	hashValue, hashFound := o.hashes[r]
 	o.fs.objectHashesMu.Unlock()
 
-	if !o.modTime.Equal(oldtime) || oldsize != o.size || hashes == nil {
+	if !o.modTime.Equal(oldtime) || oldsize != o.size || hashes == nil || !hashFound {
 		var in io.ReadCloser
 
 		if !o.translatedLink {
@@ -722,7 +757,7 @@ func (o *Object) Hash(r hash.Type) (string, error) {
 		if err != nil {
 			return "", errors.Wrap(err, "hash: failed to open")
 		}
-		hashes, err = hash.Stream(in)
+		hashes, err = hash.StreamTypes(in, hash.NewHashSet(r))
 		closeErr := in.Close()
 		if err != nil {
 			return "", errors.Wrap(err, "hash: failed to read")
@@ -730,11 +765,16 @@ func (o *Object) Hash(r hash.Type) (string, error) {
 		if closeErr != nil {
 			return "", errors.Wrap(closeErr, "hash: failed to close")
 		}
+		hashValue = hashes[r]
 		o.fs.objectHashesMu.Lock()
-		o.hashes = hashes
+		if o.hashes == nil {
+			o.hashes = hashes
+		} else {
+			o.hashes[r] = hashValue
+		}
 		o.fs.objectHashesMu.Unlock()
 	}
-	return hashes[r], nil
+	return hashValue, nil
 }
 
 // Size returns the size of an object in bytes
@@ -998,6 +1038,36 @@ func (o *Object) Update(in io.Reader, src fs.ObjectInfo, options ...fs.OpenOptio
 	return o.lstat()
 }
 
+// OpenWriterAt opens with a handle for random access writes
+//
+// Pass in the remote desired and the size if known.
+//
+// It truncates any existing object
+func (f *Fs) OpenWriterAt(remote string, size int64) (fs.WriterAtCloser, error) {
+	// Temporary Object under construction
+	o := f.newObject(remote, "")
+
+	err := o.mkdirAll()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if o.translatedLink {
+		return nil, errors.New("can't open a symlink for random writing")
+	}
+
+	out, err := file.OpenFile(o.path, os.O_WRONLY|os.O_CREATE|os.O_TRUNC, 0666)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	// Pre-allocate the file for performance reasons
+	err = preAllocate(size, out)
+	if err != nil {
+		fs.Debugf(o, "Failed to pre-allocate: %v", err)
+	}
+	return out, nil
+}
+
 // setMetadata sets the file info from the os.FileInfo passed in
 func (o *Object) setMetadata(info os.FileInfo) {
 	// Don't overwrite the info if we don't need to
@@ -1139,10 +1209,11 @@ func cleanWindowsName(f *Fs, name string) string {
 
 // Check the interfaces are satisfied
 var (
-	_ fs.Fs          = &Fs{}
-	_ fs.Purger      = &Fs{}
-	_ fs.PutStreamer = &Fs{}
-	_ fs.Mover       = &Fs{}
-	_ fs.DirMover    = &Fs{}
-	_ fs.Object      = &Object{}
+	_ fs.Fs             = &Fs{}
+	_ fs.Purger         = &Fs{}
+	_ fs.PutStreamer    = &Fs{}
+	_ fs.Mover          = &Fs{}
+	_ fs.DirMover       = &Fs{}
+	_ fs.OpenWriterAter = &Fs{}
+	_ fs.Object         = &Object{}
 )

backend/local/preallocate_unix.go

@@ -4,16 +4,40 @@ package local
 
 import (
 	"os"
+	"sync/atomic"
 
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
 	"golang.org/x/sys/unix"
 )
 
+var (
+	fallocFlags = [...]uint32{
+		unix.FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE,                             // Default
+		unix.FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE | unix.FALLOC_FL_PUNCH_HOLE, // for ZFS #3066
+	}
+	fallocFlagsIndex int32
+)
+
 // preAllocate the file for performance reasons
 func preAllocate(size int64, out *os.File) error {
 	if size <= 0 {
 		return nil
 	}
-	err := unix.Fallocate(int(out.Fd()), unix.FALLOC_FL_KEEP_SIZE, 0, size)
+	index := atomic.LoadInt32(&fallocFlagsIndex)
+again:
+	if index >= int32(len(fallocFlags)) {
+		return nil // Fallocate is disabled
+	}
+	flags := fallocFlags[index]
+	err := unix.Fallocate(int(out.Fd()), flags, 0, size)
+	if err == unix.ENOTSUP {
+		// Try the next flags combination
+		index++
+		atomic.StoreInt32(&fallocFlagsIndex, index)
+		fs.Debugf(nil, "preAllocate: got error on fallocate, trying combination %d/%d: %v", index, len(fallocFlags), err)
+		goto again
+
+	}
 	// FIXME could be doing something here
 	// if err == unix.ENOSPC {
 	// 	log.Printf("No space")

backend/mega/mega.go

@@ -402,6 +402,35 @@ func (f *Fs) clearRoot() {
 	//log.Printf("cleared root directory")
 }
 
+// CleanUp deletes all files currently in trash
+func (f *Fs) CleanUp() (err error) {
+	trash := f.srv.FS.GetTrash()
+	items := []*mega.Node{}
+	_, err = f.list(trash, func(item *mega.Node) bool {
+		items = append(items, item)
+		return false
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return errors.Wrap(err, "CleanUp failed to list items in trash")
+	}
+	fs.Infof(f, "Deleting %d items from the trash", len(items))
+	errors := 0
+	// similar to f.deleteNode(trash) but with HardDelete as true
+	for _, item := range items {
+		fs.Debugf(f, "Deleting trash %q", item.GetName())
+		deleteErr := f.pacer.Call(func() (bool, error) {
+			err := f.srv.Delete(item, true)
+			return shouldRetry(err)
+		})
+		if deleteErr != nil {
+			err = deleteErr
+			errors++
+		}
+	}
+	fs.Infof(f, "Deleted %d items from the trash with %d errors", len(items), errors)
+	return err
+}
+
 // Return an Object from a path
 //
 // If it can't be found it returns the error fs.ErrorObjectNotFound.

backend/onedrive/onedrive.go

@@ -385,9 +385,19 @@ func (f *Fs) readMetaDataForPath(path string) (info *api.Item, resp *http.Respon
 	var dirCacheFoundRoot bool
 	var rootNormalizedID string
 	if f.dirCache != nil {
-		var ok bool
-		if rootNormalizedID, ok = f.dirCache.Get(""); ok {
-			dirCacheFoundRoot = true
+		var dirCacheRootIDExists bool
+		rootNormalizedID, dirCacheRootIDExists = f.dirCache.Get("")
+		if f.root == "" {
+			// if f.root == "", it means f.root is the absolute root of the drive
+			// and its ID should have been found in NewFs
+			dirCacheFoundRoot = dirCacheRootIDExists
+		} else if _, err := f.dirCache.RootParentID(); err == nil {
+			// if root is in a folder, it must have a parent folder, and
+			// if dirCache has found root in NewFs, the parent folder's ID
+			// should be present.
+			// This RootParentID() check is a fix for #3164 which describes
+			// a possible case where the root is not found.
+			dirCacheFoundRoot = dirCacheRootIDExists
 		}
 	}
 

backend/s3/s3.go

@@ -369,6 +369,10 @@ func init() {
 				Value:    "s3.us-west-1.wasabisys.com",
 				Help:     "Wasabi US West endpoint",
 				Provider: "Wasabi",
+			}, {
+				Value:    "s3.eu-central-1.wasabisys.com",
+				Help:     "Wasabi EU Central endpoint",
+				Provider: "Wasabi",
 			}},
 		}, {
 			Name:     "location_constraint",
@@ -732,6 +736,14 @@ If it is set then rclone will use v2 authentication.
 Use this only if v4 signatures don't work, eg pre Jewel/v10 CEPH.`,
 			Default:  false,
 			Advanced: true,
+		}, {
+			Name:     "use_accelerate_endpoint",
+			Provider: "AWS",
+			Help: `If true use the AWS S3 accelerated endpoint.
+
+See: [AWS S3 Transfer acceleration](https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/dev/transfer-acceleration-examples.html)`,
+			Default:  false,
+			Advanced: true,
 		}},
 	})
 }
@@ -752,25 +764,26 @@ const (
 
 // Options defines the configuration for this backend
 type Options struct {
-	Provider             string        `config:"provider"`
-	EnvAuth              bool          `config:"env_auth"`
-	AccessKeyID          string        `config:"access_key_id"`
-	SecretAccessKey      string        `config:"secret_access_key"`
-	Region               string        `config:"region"`
-	Endpoint             string        `config:"endpoint"`
-	LocationConstraint   string        `config:"location_constraint"`
-	ACL                  string        `config:"acl"`
-	BucketACL            string        `config:"bucket_acl"`
-	ServerSideEncryption string        `config:"server_side_encryption"`
-	SSEKMSKeyID          string        `config:"sse_kms_key_id"`
-	StorageClass         string        `config:"storage_class"`
-	UploadCutoff         fs.SizeSuffix `config:"upload_cutoff"`
-	ChunkSize            fs.SizeSuffix `config:"chunk_size"`
-	DisableChecksum      bool          `config:"disable_checksum"`
-	SessionToken         string        `config:"session_token"`
-	UploadConcurrency    int           `config:"upload_concurrency"`
-	ForcePathStyle       bool          `config:"force_path_style"`
-	V2Auth               bool          `config:"v2_auth"`
+	Provider              string        `config:"provider"`
+	EnvAuth               bool          `config:"env_auth"`
+	AccessKeyID           string        `config:"access_key_id"`
+	SecretAccessKey       string        `config:"secret_access_key"`
+	Region                string        `config:"region"`
+	Endpoint              string        `config:"endpoint"`
+	LocationConstraint    string        `config:"location_constraint"`
+	ACL                   string        `config:"acl"`
+	BucketACL             string        `config:"bucket_acl"`
+	ServerSideEncryption  string        `config:"server_side_encryption"`
+	SSEKMSKeyID           string        `config:"sse_kms_key_id"`
+	StorageClass          string        `config:"storage_class"`
+	UploadCutoff          fs.SizeSuffix `config:"upload_cutoff"`
+	ChunkSize             fs.SizeSuffix `config:"chunk_size"`
+	DisableChecksum       bool          `config:"disable_checksum"`
+	SessionToken          string        `config:"session_token"`
+	UploadConcurrency     int           `config:"upload_concurrency"`
+	ForcePathStyle        bool          `config:"force_path_style"`
+	V2Auth                bool          `config:"v2_auth"`
+	UseAccelerateEndpoint bool          `config:"use_accelerate_endpoint"`
 }
 
 // Fs represents a remote s3 server
@@ -944,14 +957,15 @@ func s3Connection(opt *Options) (*s3.S3, *session.Session, error) {
 	if opt.Region == "" {
 		opt.Region = "us-east-1"
 	}
-	if opt.Provider == "Alibaba" || opt.Provider == "Netease" {
+	if opt.Provider == "Alibaba" || opt.Provider == "Netease" || opt.UseAccelerateEndpoint {
 		opt.ForcePathStyle = false
 	}
 	awsConfig := aws.NewConfig().
 		WithMaxRetries(maxRetries).
 		WithCredentials(cred).
 		WithHTTPClient(fshttp.NewClient(fs.Config)).
-		WithS3ForcePathStyle(opt.ForcePathStyle)
+		WithS3ForcePathStyle(opt.ForcePathStyle).
+		WithS3UseAccelerate(opt.UseAccelerateEndpoint)
 	if opt.Region != "" {
 		awsConfig.WithRegion(opt.Region)
 	}
@@ -1722,6 +1736,9 @@ func (o *Object) SetModTime(modTime time.Time) error {
 	if o.fs.opt.SSEKMSKeyID != "" {
 		req.SSEKMSKeyId = &o.fs.opt.SSEKMSKeyID
 	}
+	if o.fs.opt.StorageClass == "GLACIER" || o.fs.opt.StorageClass == "DEEP_ARCHIVE" {
+		return fs.ErrorCantSetModTime
+	}
 	if o.fs.opt.StorageClass != "" {
 		req.StorageClass = &o.fs.opt.StorageClass
 	}

backend/sftp/sftp.go

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 // Package sftp provides a filesystem interface using github.com/pkg/sftp
 
-// +build !plan9,go1.9
+// +build !plan9
 
 package sftp
 
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ import (
 	"os/user"
 	"path"
 	"regexp"
+	"strconv"
 	"strings"
 	"sync"
 	"time"
@@ -25,6 +26,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/obscure"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/fshttp"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/hash"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/env"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/readers"
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
 	"github.com/pkg/sftp"
@@ -186,10 +188,10 @@ func readCurrentUser() (userName string) {
 	return os.Getenv("LOGNAME")
 }
 
-// Dial starts a client connection to the given SSH server. It is a
+// dial starts a client connection to the given SSH server. It is a
 // convenience function that connects to the given network address,
 // initiates the SSH handshake, and then sets up a Client.
-func Dial(network, addr string, sshConfig *ssh.ClientConfig) (*ssh.Client, error) {
+func (f *Fs) dial(network, addr string, sshConfig *ssh.ClientConfig) (*ssh.Client, error) {
 	dialer := fshttp.NewDialer(fs.Config)
 	conn, err := dialer.Dial(network, addr)
 	if err != nil {
@@ -199,6 +201,7 @@ func Dial(network, addr string, sshConfig *ssh.ClientConfig) (*ssh.Client, error
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, err
 	}
+	fs.Debugf(f, "New connection %s->%s to %q", c.LocalAddr(), c.RemoteAddr(), c.ServerVersion())
 	return ssh.NewClient(c, chans, reqs), nil
 }
 
@@ -244,7 +247,7 @@ func (f *Fs) sftpConnection() (c *conn, err error) {
 	c = &conn{
 		err: make(chan error, 1),
 	}
-	c.sshClient, err = Dial("tcp", f.opt.Host+":"+f.opt.Port, f.config)
+	c.sshClient, err = f.dial("tcp", f.opt.Host+":"+f.opt.Port, f.config)
 	if err != nil {
 		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "couldn't connect SSH")
 	}
@@ -315,18 +318,6 @@ func (f *Fs) putSftpConnection(pc **conn, err error) {
 	f.poolMu.Unlock()
 }
 
-// shellExpand replaces a leading "~" with "${HOME}" and expands all environment
-// variables afterwards.
-func shellExpand(s string) string {
-	if s != "" {
-		if s[0] == '~' {
-			s = "${HOME}" + s[1:]
-		}
-		s = os.ExpandEnv(s)
-	}
-	return s
-}
-
 // NewFs creates a new Fs object from the name and root. It connects to
 // the host specified in the config file.
 func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
@@ -347,6 +338,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		Auth:            []ssh.AuthMethod{},
 		HostKeyCallback: ssh.InsecureIgnoreHostKey(),
 		Timeout:         fs.Config.ConnectTimeout,
+		ClientVersion:   "SSH-2.0-" + fs.Config.UserAgent,
 	}
 
 	if opt.UseInsecureCipher {
@@ -354,7 +346,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		sshConfig.Config.Ciphers = append(sshConfig.Config.Ciphers, "aes128-cbc")
 	}
 
-	keyFile := shellExpand(opt.KeyFile)
+	keyFile := env.ShellExpand(opt.KeyFile)
 	// Add ssh agent-auth if no password or file specified
 	if (opt.Pass == "" && keyFile == "") || opt.KeyUseAgent {
 		sshAgentClient, _, err := sshagent.New()
@@ -813,6 +805,49 @@ func (f *Fs) Hashes() hash.Set {
 	return set
 }
 
+// About gets usage stats
+func (f *Fs) About() (*fs.Usage, error) {
+	c, err := f.getSftpConnection()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "About get SFTP connection")
+	}
+	session, err := c.sshClient.NewSession()
+	f.putSftpConnection(&c, err)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "About put SFTP connection")
+	}
+
+	var stdout, stderr bytes.Buffer
+	session.Stdout = &stdout
+	session.Stderr = &stderr
+	escapedPath := shellEscape(f.root)
+	if f.opt.PathOverride != "" {
+		escapedPath = shellEscape(path.Join(f.opt.PathOverride, f.root))
+	}
+	if len(escapedPath) == 0 {
+		escapedPath = "/"
+	}
+	err = session.Run("df -k " + escapedPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		_ = session.Close()
+		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "About invocation of df failed. Your remote may not support about.")
+	}
+	_ = session.Close()
+
+	usageTotal, usageUsed, usageAvail := parseUsage(stdout.Bytes())
+	usage := &fs.Usage{}
+	if usageTotal >= 0 {
+		usage.Total = fs.NewUsageValue(usageTotal)
+	}
+	if usageUsed >= 0 {
+		usage.Used = fs.NewUsageValue(usageUsed)
+	}
+	if usageAvail >= 0 {
+		usage.Free = fs.NewUsageValue(usageAvail)
+	}
+	return usage, nil
+}
+
 // Fs is the filesystem this remote sftp file object is located within
 func (o *Object) Fs() fs.Info {
 	return o.fs
@@ -903,6 +938,35 @@ func parseHash(bytes []byte) string {
 	return strings.Split(string(bytes), " ")[0] // Split at hash / filename separator
 }
 
+// Parses the byte array output from the SSH session
+// returned by an invocation of df into
+// the disk size, used space, and avaliable space on the disk, in that order.
+// Only works when `df` has output info on only one disk
+func parseUsage(bytes []byte) (spaceTotal int64, spaceUsed int64, spaceAvail int64) {
+	spaceTotal, spaceUsed, spaceAvail = -1, -1, -1
+	lines := strings.Split(string(bytes), "\n")
+	if len(lines) < 2 {
+		return
+	}
+	split := strings.Fields(lines[1])
+	if len(split) < 6 {
+		return
+	}
+	spaceTotal, err := strconv.ParseInt(split[1], 10, 64)
+	if err != nil {
+		spaceTotal = -1
+	}
+	spaceUsed, err = strconv.ParseInt(split[2], 10, 64)
+	if err != nil {
+		spaceUsed = -1
+	}
+	spaceAvail, err = strconv.ParseInt(split[3], 10, 64)
+	if err != nil {
+		spaceAvail = -1
+	}
+	return spaceTotal * 1024, spaceUsed * 1024, spaceAvail * 1024
+}
+
 // Size returns the size in bytes of the remote sftp file
 func (o *Object) Size() int64 {
 	return o.size

backend/sftp/sftp_internal_test.go

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// +build !plan9,go1.9
+// +build !plan9
 
 package sftp
 
@@ -35,3 +35,17 @@ func TestParseHash(t *testing.T) {
 		assert.Equal(t, test.checksum, got, fmt.Sprintf("Test %d sshOutput = %q", i, test.sshOutput))
 	}
 }
+
+func TestParseUsage(t *testing.T) {
+	for i, test := range []struct {
+		sshOutput string
+		usage     [3]int64
+	}{
+		{"Filesystem     1K-blocks     Used Available Use% Mounted on\n/dev/root       91283092 81111888  10154820  89% /", [3]int64{93473886208, 83058573312, 10398535680}},
+		{"Filesystem     1K-blocks  Used Available Use% Mounted on\ntmpfs             818256  1636    816620   1% /run", [3]int64{837894144, 1675264, 836218880}},
+		{"Filesystem   1024-blocks     Used Available Capacity iused      ifree %iused  Mounted on\n/dev/disk0s2   244277768 94454848 149566920    39%  997820 4293969459    0%   /", [3]int64{250140434432, 96721764352, 153156526080}},
+	} {
+		gotSpaceTotal, gotSpaceUsed, gotSpaceAvail := parseUsage([]byte(test.sshOutput))
+		assert.Equal(t, test.usage, [3]int64{gotSpaceTotal, gotSpaceUsed, gotSpaceAvail}, fmt.Sprintf("Test %d sshOutput = %q", i, test.sshOutput))
+	}
+}

backend/sftp/sftp_test.go

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 // Test Sftp filesystem interface
 
-// +build !plan9,go1.9
+// +build !plan9
 
 package sftp_test
 

backend/sftp/sftp_unsupported.go

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 // Build for sftp for unsupported platforms to stop go complaining
 // about "no buildable Go source files "
 
-// +build plan9 !go1.9
+// +build plan9
 
 package sftp

backend/sftp/stringlock.go

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// +build !plan9,go1.9
+// +build !plan9
 
 package sftp
 

backend/sftp/stringlock_test.go

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-// +build !plan9,go1.9
+// +build !plan9
 
 package sftp
 

backend/union/union.go

@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ import (
 	"time"
 
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/cache"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configmap"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configstruct"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/hash"
@@ -342,7 +343,7 @@ func NewFs(name, root string, m configmap.Mapper) (fs.Fs, error) {
 		if configName != "local" {
 			rootString = configName + ":" + rootString
 		}
-		myFs, err := fs.NewFs(rootString)
+		myFs, err := cache.Get(rootString)
 		if err != nil {
 			if err == fs.ErrorIsFile {
 				return myFs, err

cmd/about/about.go

@@ -95,6 +95,9 @@ Use the --json flag for a computer readable output, eg
 			if err != nil {
 				return errors.Wrap(err, "About call failed")
 			}
+			if u == nil {
+				return errors.New("nil usage returned")
+			}
 			if jsonOutput {
 				out := json.NewEncoder(os.Stdout)
 				out.SetIndent("", "\t")

cmd/cmd.go

@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ import (
 
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/accounting"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/cache"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/configflags"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/flags"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/filter"
@@ -83,7 +84,7 @@ func NewFsFile(remote string) (fs.Fs, string) {
 		fs.CountError(err)
 		log.Fatalf("Failed to create file system for %q: %v", remote, err)
 	}
-	f, err := fs.NewFs(remote)
+	f, err := cache.Get(remote)
 	switch err {
 	case fs.ErrorIsFile:
 		return f, path.Base(fsPath)
@@ -131,7 +132,7 @@ func NewFsSrc(args []string) fs.Fs {
 //
 // This must point to a directory
 func newFsDir(remote string) fs.Fs {
-	f, err := fs.NewFs(remote)
+	f, err := cache.Get(remote)
 	if err != nil {
 		fs.CountError(err)
 		log.Fatalf("Failed to create file system for %q: %v", remote, err)
@@ -180,7 +181,7 @@ func NewFsSrcDstFiles(args []string) (fsrc fs.Fs, srcFileName string, fdst fs.Fs
 			log.Fatalf("%q is a directory", args[1])
 		}
 	}
-	fdst, err := fs.NewFs(dstRemote)
+	fdst, err := cache.Get(dstRemote)
 	switch err {
 	case fs.ErrorIsFile:
 		fs.CountError(err)
@@ -231,6 +232,10 @@ func Run(Retry bool, showStats bool, cmd *cobra.Command, f func() error) {
 	for try := 1; try <= *retries; try++ {
 		err = f()
 		fs.CountError(err)
+		lastErr := accounting.Stats.GetLastError()
+		if err == nil {
+			err = lastErr
+		}
 		if !Retry || !accounting.Stats.Errored() {
 			if try > 1 {
 				fs.Errorf(nil, "Attempt %d/%d succeeded", try, *retries)
@@ -252,7 +257,6 @@ func Run(Retry bool, showStats bool, cmd *cobra.Command, f func() error) {
 				time.Sleep(d)
 			}
 		}
-		lastErr := accounting.Stats.GetLastError()
 		if lastErr != nil {
 			fs.Errorf(nil, "Attempt %d/%d failed with %d errors and: %v", try, *retries, accounting.Stats.GetErrors(), lastErr)
 		} else {
@@ -267,7 +271,12 @@ func Run(Retry bool, showStats bool, cmd *cobra.Command, f func() error) {
 	}
 	stopStats()
 	if err != nil {
-		log.Printf("Failed to %s: %v", cmd.Name(), err)
+		nerrs := accounting.Stats.GetErrors()
+		if nerrs <= 1 {
+			log.Printf("Failed to %s: %v", cmd.Name(), err)
+		} else {
+			log.Printf("Failed to %s with %d errors: last error was: %v", cmd.Name(), nerrs, err)
+		}
 		resolveExitCode(err)
 	}
 	if showStats && (accounting.Stats.Errored() || *statsInterval > 0) {

cmd/cmount/mount.go

@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ func waitFor(fn func() bool) (ok bool) {
 func mount(f fs.Fs, mountpoint string) (*vfs.VFS, <-chan error, func() error, error) {
 	fs.Debugf(f, "Mounting on %q", mountpoint)
 
-	// Check the mountpoint - in Windows the mountpoint musn't exist before the mount
+	// Check the mountpoint - in Windows the mountpoint mustn't exist before the mount
 	if runtime.GOOS != "windows" {
 		fi, err := os.Stat(mountpoint)
 		if err != nil {

cmd/gendocs/gendocs.go

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd"
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra/doc"
+	"github.com/spf13/pflag"
 )
 
 func init() {
@@ -50,6 +51,10 @@ rclone.org website.`,
 			base := strings.TrimSuffix(name, path.Ext(name))
 			return "/commands/" + strings.ToLower(base) + "/"
 		}
+		// Hide all of the root entries flags
+		cmd.Root.Flags().VisitAll(func(flag *pflag.Flag) {
+			flag.Hidden = true
+		})
 		return doc.GenMarkdownTreeCustom(cmd.Root, out, prepender, linkHandler)
 	},
 }

cmd/ls/lshelp/lshelp.go

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ package lshelp
 
 // Help describes the common help for all the list commands
 var Help = `
-Any of the filtering options can be applied to this commmand.
+Any of the filtering options can be applied to this command.
 
 There are several related list commands
 

cmd/lsf/lsf.go

@@ -70,6 +70,7 @@ output:
     o - Original ID of underlying object
     m - MimeType of object if known
     e - encrypted name
+    T - tier of storage if known, eg "Hot" or "Cool"
 
 So if you wanted the path, size and modification time, you would use
 --format "pst", or maybe --format "tsp" to put the path last.
@@ -191,6 +192,8 @@ func Lsf(fsrc fs.Fs, out io.Writer) error {
 		case 'o':
 			list.AddOrigID()
 			opt.ShowOrigIDs = true
+		case 'T':
+			list.AddTier()
 		default:
 			return errors.Errorf("Unknown format character %q", char)
 		}

cmd/mount/dir.go

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 package mount
 
 import (
+	"context"
 	"os"
 	"time"
 
@@ -12,7 +13,6 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/log"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
-	"golang.org/x/net/context" // switch to "context" when we stop supporting go1.8
 )
 
 // Dir represents a directory entry
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ type Dir struct {
 	*vfs.Dir
 }
 
-// Check interface satsified
+// Check interface satisfied
 var _ fusefs.Node = (*Dir)(nil)
 
 // Attr updates the attributes of a directory

cmd/mount/file.go

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 package mount
 
 import (
+	"context"
 	"io"
 	"time"
 
@@ -11,7 +12,6 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/mountlib"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/log"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
-	"golang.org/x/net/context" // switch to "context" when we stop supporting go1.8
 )
 
 // File represents a file

cmd/mount/fs.go

@@ -5,6 +5,7 @@
 package mount
 
 import (
+	"context"
 	"syscall"
 
 	"bazil.org/fuse"
@@ -15,7 +16,6 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs/vfsflags"
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
-	"golang.org/x/net/context" // switch to "context" when we stop supporting go1.8
 )
 
 // FS represents the top level filing system
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ type FS struct {
 	f fs.Fs
 }
 
-// Check interface satistfied
+// Check interface satisfied
 var _ fusefs.FS = (*FS)(nil)
 
 // NewFS makes a new FS
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ func (f *FS) Root() (node fusefs.Node, err error) {
 	return &Dir{root}, nil
 }
 
-// Check interface satsified
+// Check interface satisfied
 var _ fusefs.FSStatfser = (*FS)(nil)
 
 // Statfs is called to obtain file system metadata.

cmd/mount/handle.go

@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@
 package mount
 
 import (
+	"context"
 	"io"
 
 	"bazil.org/fuse"
 	fusefs "bazil.org/fuse/fs"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/log"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
-	"golang.org/x/net/context" // switch to "context" when we stop supporting go1.8
 )
 
 // FileHandle is an open for read file handle on a File

cmd/moveto/moveto.go

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ If source:path is a file or directory then it moves it to a file or
 directory named dest:path.
 
 This can be used to rename files or upload single files to other than
-their existing name.  If the source is a directory then it acts exacty
+their existing name.  If the source is a directory then it acts exactly
 like the move command.
 
 So

cmd/ncdu/ncdu.go

@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ func (u *UI) Draw() error {
 		Linef(0, h-1, w, termbox.ColorBlack, termbox.ColorWhite, ' ', "Total usage: %v, Objects: %d%s", fs.SizeSuffix(size), count, message)
 	}
 
-	// Show the box on top if requred
+	// Show the box on top if required
 	if u.showBox {
 		u.Box()
 	}

cmd/progress.go

@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ var (
 	progressMu sync.Mutex
 )
 
-// printProgress prings the progress with an optional log
+// printProgress prints the progress with an optional log
 func printProgress(logMessage string) {
 	progressMu.Lock()
 	defer progressMu.Unlock()

cmd/serve/dlna/cd-service-desc.go

@@ -1,451 +0,0 @@
-package dlna
-
-const contentDirectoryServiceDescription = `<?xml version="1.0"?>
-<scpd xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:service-1-0">
-  <specVersion>
-    <major>1</major>
-    <minor>0</minor>
-  </specVersion>
-  <actionList>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetSearchCapabilities</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SearchCaps</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>SearchCapabilities</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetSortCapabilities</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SortCaps</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>SortCapabilities</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetSortExtensionCapabilities</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SortExtensionCaps</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>SortExtensionCapabilities</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetFeatureList</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>FeatureList</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>FeatureList</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetSystemUpdateID</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Id</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>SystemUpdateID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>Browse</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ObjectID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>BrowseFlag</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_BrowseFlag</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Filter</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Filter</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>StartingIndex</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Index</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>RequestedCount</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SortCriteria</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_SortCriteria</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Result</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>NumberReturned</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TotalMatches</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>UpdateID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_UpdateID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>Search</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ContainerID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SearchCriteria</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_SearchCriteria</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Filter</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Filter</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>StartingIndex</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Index</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>RequestedCount</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SortCriteria</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_SortCriteria</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Result</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>NumberReturned</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TotalMatches</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>UpdateID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_UpdateID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>CreateObject</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ContainerID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Elements</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ObjectID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Result</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>DestroyObject</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ObjectID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>UpdateObject</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ObjectID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>CurrentTagValue</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TagValueList</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>NewTagValue</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TagValueList</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>MoveObject</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ObjectID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>NewParentID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>NewObjectID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>ImportResource</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SourceURI</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>DestinationURI</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TransferID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>ExportResource</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>SourceURI</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>DestinationURI</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TransferID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>StopTransferResource</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TransferID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>DeleteResource</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ResourceURI</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetTransferProgress</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TransferID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TransferStatus</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferStatus</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TransferLength</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferLength</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>TransferTotal</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferTotal</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>CreateReference</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ContainerID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ObjectID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>NewID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-  </actionList>
-  <serviceStateTable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>SearchCapabilities</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>SortCapabilities</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>SortExtensionCapabilities</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
-      <name>SystemUpdateID</name>
-      <dataType>ui4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
-      <name>ContainerUpdateIDs</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
-      <name>TransferIDs</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>FeatureList</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_SearchCriteria</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_BrowseFlag</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-      <allowedValueList>
-        <allowedValue>BrowseMetadata</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>BrowseDirectChildren</allowedValue>
-      </allowedValueList>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_Filter</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_SortCriteria</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_Index</name>
-      <dataType>ui4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</name>
-      <dataType>ui4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_UpdateID</name>
-      <dataType>ui4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</name>
-      <dataType>ui4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferStatus</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-      <allowedValueList>
-        <allowedValue>COMPLETED</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>ERROR</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>IN_PROGRESS</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>STOPPED</allowedValue>
-      </allowedValueList>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferLength</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferTotal</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_TagValueList</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</name>
-      <dataType>uri</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-  </serviceStateTable>
-</scpd>`

cmd/serve/dlna/cds.go

@@ -9,11 +9,13 @@ import (
 	"os"
 	"path"
 	"path/filepath"
+	"regexp"
 	"sort"
 
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/dlna"
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/upnp"
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/upnpav"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
 )
@@ -27,6 +29,8 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) updateIDString() string {
 	return fmt.Sprintf("%d", uint32(os.Getpid()))
 }
 
+var mediaMimeTypeRegexp = regexp.MustCompile("^(video|audio|image)/")
+
 // Turns the given entry and DMS host into a UPnP object. A nil object is
 // returned if the entry is not of interest.
 func (cds *contentDirectoryService) cdsObjectToUpnpavObject(cdsObject object, fileInfo os.FileInfo, host string) (ret interface{}, err error) {
@@ -47,8 +51,13 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) cdsObjectToUpnpavObject(cdsObject object, fi
 		return
 	}
 
-	// Hardcode "videoItem" so that files show up in VLC.
-	obj.Class = "object.item.videoItem"
+	mimeType := fs.MimeTypeFromName(fileInfo.Name())
+	mediaType := mediaMimeTypeRegexp.FindStringSubmatch(mimeType)
+	if mediaType == nil {
+		return
+	}
+
+	obj.Class = "object.item." + mediaType[1] + "Item"
 	obj.Title = fileInfo.Name()
 
 	item := upnpav.Item{
@@ -65,8 +74,7 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) cdsObjectToUpnpavObject(cdsObject object, fi
 				"path": {cdsObject.Path},
 			}.Encode(),
 		}).String(),
-		// Hardcode "video/x-matroska" so that files show up in VLC.
-		ProtocolInfo: fmt.Sprintf("http-get:*:video/x-matroska:%s", dlna.ContentFeatures{
+		ProtocolInfo: fmt.Sprintf("http-get:*:%s:%s", mimeType, dlna.ContentFeatures{
 			SupportRange: true,
 		}.String()),
 		Bitrate:    0,
@@ -106,14 +114,14 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) readContainer(o object, host string) (ret []
 		}
 		obj, err := cds.cdsObjectToUpnpavObject(child, de, host)
 		if err != nil {
-			log.Printf("error with %s: %s", child.FilePath(), err)
+			fs.Errorf(cds, "error with %s: %s", child.FilePath(), err)
 			continue
 		}
-		if obj != nil {
-			ret = append(ret, obj)
-		} else {
-			log.Printf("bad %s", de)
+		if obj == nil {
+			fs.Debugf(cds, "unrecognized file type: %s", de)
+			continue
 		}
+		ret = append(ret, obj)
 	}
 
 	return
@@ -192,6 +200,14 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) Handle(action string, argsXML []byte, r *htt
 				"Result":         didlLite(string(result)),
 				"UpdateID":       cds.updateIDString(),
 			}, nil
+		case "BrowseMetadata":
+			result, err := xml.Marshal(obj)
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+			return map[string]string{
+				"Result": didlLite(string(result)),
+			}, nil
 		default:
 			return nil, upnp.Errorf(upnp.ArgumentValueInvalidErrorCode, "unhandled browse flag: %v", browse.BrowseFlag)
 		}
@@ -199,6 +215,19 @@ func (cds *contentDirectoryService) Handle(action string, argsXML []byte, r *htt
 		return map[string]string{
 			"SearchCaps": "",
 		}, nil
+	// Samsung Extensions
+	case "X_GetFeatureList":
+		return map[string]string{
+			"FeatureList": `<Features xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:av:avs" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="urn:schemas-upnp-org:av:avs http://www.upnp.org/schemas/av/avs.xsd">
+	<Feature name="samsung.com_BASICVIEW" version="1">
+		<container id="/" type="object.item.imageItem"/>
+		<container id="/" type="object.item.audioItem"/>
+		<container id="/" type="object.item.videoItem"/>
+	</Feature>
+</Features>`}, nil
+	case "X_SetBookmark":
+		// just ignore
+		return map[string]string{}, nil
 	default:
 		return nil, upnp.InvalidActionError
 	}

cmd/serve/dlna/cm-service-desc.go

@@ -1,184 +0,0 @@
-package dlna
-
-const connectionManagerServiceDescription = `<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
-<scpd xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:service-1-0">
-  <specVersion>
-    <major>1</major>
-    <minor>0</minor>
-  </specVersion>
-  <actionList>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetProtocolInfo</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Source</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>SourceProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Sink</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>SinkProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>PrepareForConnection</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>RemoteProtocolInfo</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>PeerConnectionManager</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>PeerConnectionID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Direction</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ConnectionID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>AVTransportID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>RcsID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>ConnectionComplete</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ConnectionID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetCurrentConnectionIDs</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ConnectionIDs</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>CurrentConnectionIDs</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-    <action>
-      <name>GetCurrentConnectionInfo</name>
-      <argumentList>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ConnectionID</name>
-          <direction>in</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>RcsID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>AVTransportID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>ProtocolInfo</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>PeerConnectionManager</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>PeerConnectionID</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Direction</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-        <argument>
-          <name>Status</name>
-          <direction>out</direction>
-          <relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionStatus</relatedStateVariable>
-        </argument>
-      </argumentList>
-    </action>
-  </actionList>
-  <serviceStateTable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
-      <name>SourceProtocolInfo</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
-      <name>SinkProtocolInfo</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
-      <name>CurrentConnectionIDs</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionStatus</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-      <allowedValueList>
-        <allowedValue>OK</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>ContentFormatMismatch</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>InsufficientBandwidth</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>UnreliableChannel</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>Unknown</allowedValue>
-      </allowedValueList>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-      <allowedValueList>
-        <allowedValue>Input</allowedValue>
-        <allowedValue>Output</allowedValue>
-      </allowedValueList>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</name>
-      <dataType>string</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</name>
-      <dataType>i4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</name>
-      <dataType>i4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-    <stateVariable sendEvents="no">
-      <name>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</name>
-      <dataType>i4</dataType>
-    </stateVariable>
-  </serviceStateTable>
-</scpd>`

cmd/serve/dlna/cms.go

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+package dlna
+
+import (
+	"net/http"
+
+	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/upnp"
+)
+
+const defaultProtocolInfo = "http-get:*:video/mpeg:*,http-get:*:video/mp4:*,http-get:*:video/vnd.dlna.mpeg-tts:*,http-get:*:video/avi:*,http-get:*:video/x-matroska:*,http-get:*:video/x-ms-wmv:*,http-get:*:video/wtv:*,http-get:*:audio/mpeg:*,http-get:*:audio/mp3:*,http-get:*:audio/mp4:*,http-get:*:audio/x-ms-wma*,http-get:*:audio/wav:*,http-get:*:audio/L16:*,http-get:*image/jpeg:*,http-get:*image/png:*,http-get:*image/gif:*,http-get:*image/tiff:*"
+
+type connectionManagerService struct {
+	*server
+	upnp.Eventing
+}
+
+func (cms *connectionManagerService) Handle(action string, argsXML []byte, r *http.Request) (map[string]string, error) {
+	switch action {
+	case "GetProtocolInfo":
+		return map[string]string{
+			"Source": defaultProtocolInfo,
+			"Sink":   "",
+		}, nil
+	default:
+		return nil, upnp.InvalidActionError
+	}
+}

cmd/serve/dlna/data/assets_generate.go

@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+//go:generate go run assets_generate.go
+// The "go:generate" directive compiles static assets by running assets_generate.go
+// +build ignore
+
+package main
+
+import (
+	"log"
+	"net/http"
+
+	"github.com/shurcooL/vfsgen"
+)
+
+func main() {
+	var AssetDir http.FileSystem = http.Dir("./static")
+	err := vfsgen.Generate(AssetDir, vfsgen.Options{
+		PackageName:  "data",
+		BuildTags:    "!dev",
+		VariableName: "Assets",
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatalln(err)
+	}
+}

cmd/serve/dlna/data/data.go

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+//go:generate go run assets_generate.go
+// The "go:generate" directive compiles static assets by running assets_generate.go
+
+package data

cmd/serve/dlna/data/static/ConnectionManager.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<scpd xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:service-1-0">
+	<specVersion>
+		<major>1</major>
+		<minor>0</minor>
+	</specVersion>
+	<actionList>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetProtocolInfo</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Source</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>SourceProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Sink</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>SinkProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>PrepareForConnection</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RemoteProtocolInfo</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>PeerConnectionManager</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>PeerConnectionID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Direction</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ConnectionID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>AVTransportID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RcsID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>ConnectionComplete</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ConnectionID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetCurrentConnectionIDs</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ConnectionIDs</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>CurrentConnectionIDs</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetCurrentConnectionInfo</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ConnectionID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RcsID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>AVTransportID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ProtocolInfo</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>PeerConnectionManager</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>PeerConnectionID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Direction</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Status</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionStatus</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+	</actionList>
+	<serviceStateTable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>SourceProtocolInfo</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>SinkProtocolInfo</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>CurrentConnectionIDs</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionStatus</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+			<allowedValueList>
+				<allowedValue>OK</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>ContentFormatMismatch</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>InsufficientBandwidth</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>UnreliableChannel</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>Unknown</allowedValue>
+			</allowedValueList>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionManager</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_Direction</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+			<allowedValueList>
+				<allowedValue>Input</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>Output</allowedValue>
+			</allowedValueList>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_ProtocolInfo</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_ConnectionID</name>
+			<dataType>i4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_AVTransportID</name>
+			<dataType>i4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_RcsID</name>
+			<dataType>i4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+	</serviceStateTable>
+</scpd>

cmd/serve/dlna/data/static/ContentDirectory.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@
+<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<scpd xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:service-1-0">
+	<specVersion>
+		<major>1</major>
+		<minor>0</minor>
+	</specVersion>
+	<actionList>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetSearchCapabilities</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SearchCaps</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>SearchCapabilities</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetSortCapabilities</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SortCaps</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>SortCapabilities</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetSortExtensionCapabilities</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SortExtensionCaps</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>SortExtensionCapabilities</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetFeatureList</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>FeatureList</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>FeatureList</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetSystemUpdateID</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Id</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>SystemUpdateID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>Browse</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ObjectID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>BrowseFlag</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_BrowseFlag</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Filter</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Filter</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>StartingIndex</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Index</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RequestedCount</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SortCriteria</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_SortCriteria</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Result</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>NumberReturned</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TotalMatches</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>UpdateID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_UpdateID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>Search</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ContainerID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SearchCriteria</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_SearchCriteria</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Filter</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Filter</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>StartingIndex</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Index</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RequestedCount</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SortCriteria</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_SortCriteria</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Result</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>NumberReturned</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TotalMatches</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>UpdateID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_UpdateID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>CreateObject</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ContainerID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Elements</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ObjectID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Result</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>DestroyObject</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ObjectID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>UpdateObject</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ObjectID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>CurrentTagValue</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TagValueList</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>NewTagValue</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TagValueList</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>MoveObject</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ObjectID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>NewParentID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>NewObjectID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>ImportResource</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SourceURI</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>DestinationURI</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TransferID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>ExportResource</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>SourceURI</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>DestinationURI</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TransferID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>StopTransferResource</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TransferID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>DeleteResource</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ResourceURI</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>GetTransferProgress</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TransferID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TransferStatus</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferStatus</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TransferLength</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferLength</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>TransferTotal</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferTotal</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>CreateReference</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ContainerID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ObjectID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>NewID</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>X_GetFeatureList</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>FeatureList</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Featurelist</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>X_SetBookmark</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>CategoryType</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_CategoryType</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>ObjectID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>PosSecond</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_PosSec</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+	</actionList>
+	<serviceStateTable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>SearchCapabilities</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>SortCapabilities</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>SortExtensionCapabilities</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>SystemUpdateID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>ContainerUpdateIDs</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>TransferIDs</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>FeatureList</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_ObjectID</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_SearchCriteria</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_BrowseFlag</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+			<allowedValueList>
+				<allowedValue>BrowseMetadata</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>BrowseDirectChildren</allowedValue>
+			</allowedValueList>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_Filter</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_SortCriteria</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_Index</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_Count</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_UpdateID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferStatus</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+			<allowedValueList>
+				<allowedValue>COMPLETED</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>ERROR</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>IN_PROGRESS</allowedValue>
+				<allowedValue>STOPPED</allowedValue>
+			</allowedValueList>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferLength</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_TransferTotal</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_TagValueList</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_URI</name>
+			<dataType>uri</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_CategoryType</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+			<defaultValue />
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_RID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+			<defaultValue />
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_PosSec</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+			<defaultValue />
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_Featurelist</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+			<defaultValue />
+		</stateVariable>
+	</serviceStateTable>
+</scpd>

cmd/serve/dlna/data/static/X_MS_MediaReceiverRegistrar.xml

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" ?>
+<scpd xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:service-1-0">
+	<specVersion>
+		<major>1</major>
+		<minor>0</minor>
+	</specVersion>
+	<actionList>
+		<action>
+			<name>IsAuthorized</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>DeviceID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_DeviceID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Result</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>RegisterDevice</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RegistrationReqMsg</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RegistrationReqMsg</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>RegistrationRespMsg</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_RegistrationRespMsg</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+		<action>
+			<name>IsValidated</name>
+			<argumentList>
+				<argument>
+					<name>DeviceID</name>
+					<direction>in</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_DeviceID</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+				<argument>
+					<name>Result</name>
+					<direction>out</direction>
+					<relatedStateVariable>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</relatedStateVariable>
+				</argument>
+			</argumentList>
+		</action>
+	</actionList>
+	<serviceStateTable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_DeviceID</name>
+			<dataType>string</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_Result</name>
+			<dataType>int</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_RegistrationReqMsg</name>
+			<dataType>bin.base64</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="no">
+			<name>A_ARG_TYPE_RegistrationRespMsg</name>
+			<dataType>bin.base64</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>AuthorizationGrantedUpdateID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>AuthorizationDeniedUpdateID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>ValidationSucceededUpdateID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+		<stateVariable sendEvents="yes">
+			<name>ValidationRevokedUpdateID</name>
+			<dataType>ui4</dataType>
+		</stateVariable>
+	</serviceStateTable>
+</scpd>

cmd/serve/dlna/dlna.go

@@ -4,20 +4,21 @@ import (
 	"bytes"
 	"encoding/xml"
 	"fmt"
-	"log"
 	"net"
 	"net/http"
 	"net/url"
 	"os"
-	"path"
 	"strconv"
 	"strings"
+	"text/template"
 	"time"
 
+	dms_dlna "github.com/anacrolix/dms/dlna"
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/soap"
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/ssdp"
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/upnp"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/dlna/data"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/dlna/dlnaflags"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
@@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.
 		cmd.Run(false, false, command, func() error {
 			s := newServer(f, &dlnaflags.Opt)
 			if err := s.Serve(); err != nil {
-				log.Fatal(err)
+				return err
 			}
 			s.Wait()
 			return nil
@@ -60,60 +61,12 @@ players might show files that they are not able to play back correctly.
 }
 
 const (
-	serverField         = "Linux/3.4 DLNADOC/1.50 UPnP/1.0 DMS/1.0"
-	rootDeviceType      = "urn:schemas-upnp-org:device:MediaServer:1"
-	rootDeviceModelName = "rclone"
-	resPath             = "/res"
-	rootDescPath        = "/rootDesc.xml"
-	serviceControlURL   = "/ctl"
+	serverField       = "Linux/3.4 DLNADOC/1.50 UPnP/1.0 DMS/1.0"
+	rootDescPath      = "/rootDesc.xml"
+	resPath           = "/res"
+	serviceControlURL = "/ctl"
 )
 
-// Groups the service definition with its XML description.
-type service struct {
-	upnp.Service
-	SCPD string
-}
-
-// Exposed UPnP AV services.
-var services = []*service{
-	{
-		Service: upnp.Service{
-			ServiceType: "urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ContentDirectory:1",
-			ServiceId:   "urn:upnp-org:serviceId:ContentDirectory",
-			ControlURL:  serviceControlURL,
-		},
-		SCPD: contentDirectoryServiceDescription,
-	},
-	{
-		Service: upnp.Service{
-			ServiceType: "urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ConnectionManager:1",
-			ServiceId:   "urn:upnp-org:serviceId:ConnectionManager",
-			ControlURL:  serviceControlURL,
-		},
-		SCPD: connectionManagerServiceDescription,
-	},
-}
-
-func init() {
-	for _, s := range services {
-		p := path.Join("/scpd", s.ServiceId)
-		s.SCPDURL = p
-	}
-}
-
-func devices() []string {
-	return []string{
-		"urn:schemas-upnp-org:device:MediaServer:1",
-	}
-}
-
-func serviceTypes() (ret []string) {
-	for _, s := range services {
-		ret = append(ret, s.ServiceType)
-	}
-	return
-}
-
 type server struct {
 	// The service SOAP handler keyed by service URN.
 	services map[string]UPnPService
@@ -122,10 +75,9 @@ type server struct {
 
 	HTTPConn       net.Listener
 	httpListenAddr string
-	httpServeMux   *http.ServeMux
+	handler        http.Handler
 
-	rootDeviceUUID string
-	rootDescXML    []byte
+	RootDeviceUUID string
 
 	FriendlyName string
 
@@ -140,16 +92,16 @@ type server struct {
 }
 
 func newServer(f fs.Fs, opt *dlnaflags.Options) *server {
-	hostName, err := os.Hostname()
-	if err != nil {
-		hostName = ""
-	} else {
-		hostName = " (" + hostName + ")"
+	friendlyName := opt.FriendlyName
+	if friendlyName == "" {
+		friendlyName = makeDefaultFriendlyName()
 	}
 
 	s := &server{
 		AnnounceInterval: 10 * time.Second,
-		FriendlyName:     "rclone" + hostName,
+		FriendlyName:     friendlyName,
+		RootDeviceUUID:   makeDeviceUUID(friendlyName),
+		Interfaces:       listInterfaces(),
 
 		httpListenAddr: opt.ListenAddr,
 
@@ -157,35 +109,29 @@ func newServer(f fs.Fs, opt *dlnaflags.Options) *server {
 		vfs: vfs.New(f, &vfsflags.Opt),
 	}
 
-	s.initServicesMap()
-	s.listInterfaces()
-
-	s.httpServeMux = http.NewServeMux()
-	s.rootDeviceUUID = makeDeviceUUID(s.FriendlyName)
-	s.rootDescXML, err = xml.MarshalIndent(
-		upnp.DeviceDesc{
-			SpecVersion: upnp.SpecVersion{Major: 1, Minor: 0},
-			Device: upnp.Device{
-				DeviceType:   rootDeviceType,
-				FriendlyName: s.FriendlyName,
-				Manufacturer: "rclone (rclone.org)",
-				ModelName:    rootDeviceModelName,
-				UDN:          s.rootDeviceUUID,
-				ServiceList: func() (ss []upnp.Service) {
-					for _, s := range services {
-						ss = append(ss, s.Service)
-					}
-					return
-				}(),
-			},
+	s.services = map[string]UPnPService{
+		"ContentDirectory": &contentDirectoryService{
+			server: s,
+		},
+		"ConnectionManager": &connectionManagerService{
+			server: s,
 		},
-		" ", "  ")
-	if err != nil {
-		// Contents are hardcoded, so this will never happen in production.
-		log.Panicf("Marshal root descriptor XML: %v", err)
 	}
-	s.rootDescXML = append([]byte(`<?xml version="1.0"?>`), s.rootDescXML...)
-	s.initMux(s.httpServeMux)
+
+	// Setup the various http routes.
+	r := http.NewServeMux()
+	r.HandleFunc(resPath, s.resourceHandler)
+	if opt.LogTrace {
+		r.Handle(rootDescPath, traceLogging(http.HandlerFunc(s.rootDescHandler)))
+		r.Handle(serviceControlURL, traceLogging(http.HandlerFunc(s.serviceControlHandler)))
+	} else {
+		r.HandleFunc(rootDescPath, s.rootDescHandler)
+		r.HandleFunc(serviceControlURL, s.serviceControlHandler)
+	}
+	r.Handle("/static/", http.StripPrefix("/static/",
+		withHeader("Cache-Control", "public, max-age=86400",
+			http.FileServer(data.Assets))))
+	s.handler = logging(withHeader("Server", serverField, r))
 
 	return s
 }
@@ -197,114 +143,137 @@ type UPnPService interface {
 	Unsubscribe(sid string) error
 }
 
-// initServicesMap is called during initialization of the server to prepare some internal datastructures.
-func (s *server) initServicesMap() {
-	urn, err := upnp.ParseServiceType(services[0].ServiceType)
-	if err != nil {
-		// The service type is hardcoded, so this error should never happen.
-		log.Panicf("ParseServiceType: %v", err)
-	}
-	s.services = map[string]UPnPService{
-		urn.Type: &contentDirectoryService{
-			server: s,
-		},
-	}
-	return
+// Formats the server as a string (used for logging.)
+func (s *server) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("DLNA server on %v", s.httpListenAddr)
 }
 
-// listInterfaces is called during initialization of the server to list the network interfaces
-// on the machine.
-func (s *server) listInterfaces() {
-	ifs, err := net.Interfaces()
+// Returns rclone version number as the model number.
+func (s *server) ModelNumber() string {
+	return fs.Version
+}
+
+// Template used to generate the root device XML descriptor.
+//
+// Due to the use of namespaces and various subtleties with device compatibility,
+// it turns out to be easier to use a template than to marshal XML.
+//
+// For rendering, it is passed the server object for context.
+var rootDescTmpl = template.Must(template.New("rootDesc").Parse(`<?xml version="1.0"?>
+<root xmlns="urn:schemas-upnp-org:device-1-0"
+      xmlns:dlna="urn:schemas-dlna-org:device-1-0"
+      xmlns:sec="http://www.sec.co.kr/dlna">
+  <specVersion>
+    <major>1</major>
+    <minor>0</minor>
+  </specVersion>
+  <device>
+    <deviceType>urn:schemas-upnp-org:device:MediaServer:1</deviceType>
+    <friendlyName>{{.FriendlyName}}</friendlyName>
+    <manufacturer>rclone (rclone.org)</manufacturer>
+    <manufacturerURL>https://rclone.org/</manufacturerURL>
+    <modelDescription>rclone</modelDescription>
+    <modelName>rclone</modelName>
+    <modelNumber>{{.ModelNumber}}</modelNumber>
+    <modelURL>https://rclone.org/</modelURL>
+    <serialNumber>00000000</serialNumber>
+    <UDN>{{.RootDeviceUUID}}</UDN>
+    <dlna:X_DLNACAP/>
+    <dlna:X_DLNADOC>DMS-1.50</dlna:X_DLNADOC>
+    <dlna:X_DLNADOC>M-DMS-1.50</dlna:X_DLNADOC>
+    <sec:ProductCap>smi,DCM10,getMediaInfo.sec,getCaptionInfo.sec</sec:ProductCap>
+    <sec:X_ProductCap>smi,DCM10,getMediaInfo.sec,getCaptionInfo.sec</sec:X_ProductCap>
+    <iconList>
+      <icon>
+        <mimetype>image/png</mimetype>
+        <width>48</width>
+        <height>48</height>
+        <depth>8</depth>
+        <url>/static/rclone-48x48.png</url>
+      </icon>
+      <icon>
+        <mimetype>image/png</mimetype>
+        <width>120</width>
+        <height>120</height>
+        <depth>8</depth>
+        <url>/static/rclone-120x120.png</url>
+      </icon>
+    </iconList>
+    <serviceList>
+      <service>
+        <serviceType>urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ContentDirectory:1</serviceType>
+        <serviceId>urn:upnp-org:serviceId:ContentDirectory</serviceId>
+        <SCPDURL>/static/ContentDirectory.xml</SCPDURL>
+        <controlURL>/ctl</controlURL>
+        <eventSubURL></eventSubURL>
+      </service>
+      <service>
+        <serviceType>urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ConnectionManager:1</serviceType>
+        <serviceId>urn:upnp-org:serviceId:ConnectionManager</serviceId>
+        <SCPDURL>/static/ConnectionManager.xml</SCPDURL>
+        <controlURL>/ctl</controlURL>
+        <eventSubURL></eventSubURL>
+      </service>
+      <service>
+        <serviceType>urn:microsoft.com:service:X_MS_MediaReceiverRegistrar:1</serviceType>
+        <serviceId>urn:microsoft.com:serviceId:X_MS_MediaReceiverRegistrar</serviceId>
+        <SCPDURL>/static/X_MS_MediaReceiverRegistrar.xml</SCPDURL>
+        <controlURL>/ctl</controlURL>
+        <eventSubURL></eventSubURL>
+      </service>
+    </serviceList>
+    <presentationURL>/</presentationURL>
+  </device>
+</root>`))
+
+// Renders the root device descriptor.
+func (s *server) rootDescHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	buffer := new(bytes.Buffer)
+	err := rootDescTmpl.Execute(buffer, s)
 	if err != nil {
-		fs.Errorf(s.f, "list network interfaces: %v", err)
+		serveError(s, w, "Failed to create root descriptor XML", err)
 		return
 	}
 
-	var tmp []net.Interface
-	for _, intf := range ifs {
-		if intf.Flags&net.FlagUp == 0 || intf.MTU <= 0 {
-			continue
-		}
-		s.Interfaces = append(s.Interfaces, intf)
-		tmp = append(tmp, intf)
+	w.Header().Set("content-type", `text/xml; charset="utf-8"`)
+	w.Header().Set("cache-control", "private, max-age=60")
+	w.Header().Set("content-length", strconv.FormatInt(int64(buffer.Len()), 10))
+	_, err = buffer.WriteTo(w)
+	if err != nil {
+		// Network error
+		fs.Debugf(s, "Error writing rootDesc: %v", err)
 	}
 }
 
-func (s *server) initMux(mux *http.ServeMux) {
-	mux.HandleFunc(resPath, func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
-		remotePath := r.URL.Query().Get("path")
-		node, err := s.vfs.Stat(remotePath)
-		if err != nil {
-			http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
-			return
-		}
-
-		w.Header().Set("Content-Length", strconv.FormatInt(node.Size(), 10))
-
-		file := node.(*vfs.File)
-		in, err := file.Open(os.O_RDONLY)
-		if err != nil {
-			http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusInternalServerError)
-		}
-		defer fs.CheckClose(in, &err)
-
-		http.ServeContent(w, r, remotePath, node.ModTime(), in)
-		return
-	})
-
-	mux.HandleFunc(rootDescPath, func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
-		w.Header().Set("content-type", `text/xml; charset="utf-8"`)
-		w.Header().Set("content-length", fmt.Sprint(len(s.rootDescXML)))
-		w.Header().Set("server", serverField)
-		_, err := w.Write(s.rootDescXML)
-		if err != nil {
-			fs.Errorf(s, "Failed to serve root descriptor XML: %v", err)
-		}
-	})
-
-	// Install handlers to serve SCPD for each UPnP service.
-	for _, s := range services {
-		mux.HandleFunc(s.SCPDURL, func(serviceDesc string) http.HandlerFunc {
-			return func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
-				w.Header().Set("content-type", `text/xml; charset="utf-8"`)
-				http.ServeContent(w, r, ".xml", time.Time{}, bytes.NewReader([]byte(serviceDesc)))
-			}
-		}(s.SCPD))
-	}
-
-	mux.HandleFunc(serviceControlURL, s.serviceControlHandler)
-}
-
 // Handle a service control HTTP request.
 func (s *server) serviceControlHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
 	soapActionString := r.Header.Get("SOAPACTION")
 	soapAction, err := upnp.ParseActionHTTPHeader(soapActionString)
 	if err != nil {
-		http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusBadRequest)
+		serveError(s, w, "Could not parse SOAPACTION header", err)
 		return
 	}
 	var env soap.Envelope
 	if err := xml.NewDecoder(r.Body).Decode(&env); err != nil {
-		http.Error(w, err.Error(), http.StatusBadRequest)
+		serveError(s, w, "Could not parse SOAP request body", err)
 		return
 	}
 
 	w.Header().Set("Content-Type", `text/xml; charset="utf-8"`)
 	w.Header().Set("Ext", "")
-	w.Header().Set("server", serverField)
 	soapRespXML, code := func() ([]byte, int) {
 		respArgs, err := s.soapActionResponse(soapAction, env.Body.Action, r)
 		if err != nil {
+			fs.Errorf(s, "Error invoking %v: %v", soapAction, err)
 			upnpErr := upnp.ConvertError(err)
-			return mustMarshalXML(soap.NewFault("UPnPError", upnpErr)), 500
+			return mustMarshalXML(soap.NewFault("UPnPError", upnpErr)), http.StatusInternalServerError
 		}
-		return marshalSOAPResponse(soapAction, respArgs), 200
+		return marshalSOAPResponse(soapAction, respArgs), http.StatusOK
 	}()
 	bodyStr := fmt.Sprintf(`<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" standalone="yes"?><s:Envelope xmlns:s="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/" s:encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"><s:Body>%s</s:Body></s:Envelope>`, soapRespXML)
 	w.WriteHeader(code)
 	if _, err := w.Write([]byte(bodyStr)); err != nil {
-		log.Print(err)
+		fs.Infof(s, "Error writing response: %v", err)
 	}
 }
 
@@ -318,6 +287,36 @@ func (s *server) soapActionResponse(sa upnp.SoapAction, actionRequestXML []byte,
 	return service.Handle(sa.Action, actionRequestXML, r)
 }
 
+// Serves actual resources (media files).
+func (s *server) resourceHandler(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+	remotePath := r.URL.Query().Get("path")
+	node, err := s.vfs.Stat(remotePath)
+	if err != nil {
+		http.NotFound(w, r)
+		return
+	}
+
+	w.Header().Set("Content-Length", strconv.FormatInt(node.Size(), 10))
+
+	// add some DLNA specific headers
+	if r.Header.Get("getContentFeatures.dlna.org") != "" {
+		w.Header().Set("contentFeatures.dlna.org", dms_dlna.ContentFeatures{
+			SupportRange: true,
+		}.String())
+	}
+	w.Header().Set("transferMode.dlna.org", "Streaming")
+
+	file := node.(*vfs.File)
+	in, err := file.Open(os.O_RDONLY)
+	if err != nil {
+		serveError(node, w, "Could not open resource", err)
+		return
+	}
+	defer fs.CheckClose(in, &err)
+
+	http.ServeContent(w, r, remotePath, node.ModTime(), in)
+}
+
 // Serve runs the server - returns the error only if
 // the listener was not started; does not block, so
 // use s.Wait() to block on the listener indefinitely.
@@ -393,13 +392,19 @@ func (s *server) ssdpInterface(intf net.Interface) {
 		return url.String()
 	}
 
+	// Note that the devices and services advertised here via SSDP should be
+	// in agreement with the rootDesc XML descriptor that is defined above.
 	ssdpServer := ssdp.Server{
-		Interface:      intf,
-		Devices:        devices(),
-		Services:       serviceTypes(),
+		Interface: intf,
+		Devices: []string{
+			"urn:schemas-upnp-org:device:MediaServer:1"},
+		Services: []string{
+			"urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ContentDirectory:1",
+			"urn:schemas-upnp-org:service:ConnectionManager:1",
+			"urn:microsoft.com:service:X_MS_MediaReceiverRegistrar:1"},
 		Location:       advertiseLocationFn,
 		Server:         serverField,
-		UUID:           s.rootDeviceUUID,
+		UUID:           s.RootDeviceUUID,
 		NotifyInterval: s.AnnounceInterval,
 	}
 
@@ -417,16 +422,16 @@ func (s *server) ssdpInterface(intf net.Interface) {
 			// good.
 			return
 		}
-		log.Printf("Error creating ssdp server on %s: %s", intf.Name, err)
+		fs.Errorf(s, "Error creating ssdp server on %s: %s", intf.Name, err)
 		return
 	}
 	defer ssdpServer.Close()
-	log.Println("Started SSDP on", intf.Name)
+	fs.Infof(s, "Started SSDP on %v", intf.Name)
 	stopped := make(chan struct{})
 	go func() {
 		defer close(stopped)
 		if err := ssdpServer.Serve(); err != nil {
-			log.Printf("%q: %q\n", intf.Name, err)
+			fs.Errorf(s, "%q: %q\n", intf.Name, err)
 		}
 	}()
 	select {
@@ -438,9 +443,7 @@ func (s *server) ssdpInterface(intf net.Interface) {
 
 func (s *server) serveHTTP() error {
 	srv := &http.Server{
-		Handler: http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
-			s.httpServeMux.ServeHTTP(w, r)
-		}),
+		Handler: s.handler,
 	}
 	err := srv.Serve(s.HTTPConn)
 	select {

cmd/serve/dlna/dlna_test.go

@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-// +build go1.8
-
 package dlna
 
 import (
@@ -22,11 +20,11 @@ import (
 
 var (
 	dlnaServer *server
+	testURL    string
 )
 
 const (
-	testBindAddress = "localhost:51777"
-	testURL         = "http://" + testBindAddress + "/"
+	testBindAddress = "localhost:0"
 )
 
 func startServer(t *testing.T, f fs.Fs) {
@@ -34,6 +32,7 @@ func startServer(t *testing.T, f fs.Fs) {
 	opt.ListenAddr = testBindAddress
 	dlnaServer = newServer(f, &opt)
 	assert.NoError(t, dlnaServer.Serve())
+	testURL = "http://" + dlnaServer.HTTPConn.Addr().String() + "/"
 }
 
 func TestInit(t *testing.T) {

cmd/serve/dlna/dlna_util.go

@@ -6,11 +6,28 @@ import (
 	"fmt"
 	"io"
 	"log"
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/http/httptest"
+	"net/http/httputil"
+	"os"
 
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/soap"
 	"github.com/anacrolix/dms/upnp"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
 )
 
+// Return a default "friendly name" for the server.
+func makeDefaultFriendlyName() string {
+	hostName, err := os.Hostname()
+	if err != nil {
+		hostName = ""
+	} else {
+		hostName = " (" + hostName + ")"
+	}
+	return "rclone" + hostName
+}
+
 func makeDeviceUUID(unique string) string {
 	h := md5.New()
 	if _, err := io.WriteString(h, unique); err != nil {
@@ -20,6 +37,24 @@ func makeDeviceUUID(unique string) string {
 	return upnp.FormatUUID(buf)
 }
 
+// Get all available active network interfaces.
+func listInterfaces() []net.Interface {
+	ifs, err := net.Interfaces()
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Printf("list network interfaces: %v", err)
+		return []net.Interface{}
+	}
+
+	var active []net.Interface
+	for _, intf := range ifs {
+		if intf.Flags&net.FlagUp == 0 || intf.MTU <= 0 {
+			continue
+		}
+		active = append(active, intf)
+	}
+	return active
+}
+
 func didlLite(chardata string) string {
 	return `<DIDL-Lite` +
 		` xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"` +
@@ -50,3 +85,99 @@ func marshalSOAPResponse(sa upnp.SoapAction, args map[string]string) []byte {
 	return []byte(fmt.Sprintf(`<u:%[1]sResponse xmlns:u="%[2]s">%[3]s</u:%[1]sResponse>`,
 		sa.Action, sa.ServiceURN.String(), mustMarshalXML(soapArgs)))
 }
+
+type loggingResponseWriter struct {
+	http.ResponseWriter
+	request   *http.Request
+	committed bool
+}
+
+func (lrw *loggingResponseWriter) logRequest(code int, err interface{}) {
+	// Choose appropriate log level based on response status code.
+	var level fs.LogLevel
+	if code < 400 && err == nil {
+		level = fs.LogLevelInfo
+	} else {
+		level = fs.LogLevelError
+	}
+
+	fs.LogPrintf(level, lrw.request.URL.Path, "%s %s %d %s %s",
+		lrw.request.RemoteAddr, lrw.request.Method, code,
+		lrw.request.Header.Get("SOAPACTION"), err)
+}
+
+func (lrw *loggingResponseWriter) WriteHeader(code int) {
+	lrw.committed = true
+	lrw.logRequest(code, nil)
+	lrw.ResponseWriter.WriteHeader(code)
+}
+
+// HTTP handler that logs requests and any errors or panics.
+func logging(next http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		lrw := &loggingResponseWriter{ResponseWriter: w, request: r}
+		defer func() {
+			err := recover()
+			if err != nil {
+				if !lrw.committed {
+					lrw.logRequest(http.StatusInternalServerError, err)
+					http.Error(w, fmt.Sprint(err), http.StatusInternalServerError)
+				} else {
+					// Too late to send the error to client, but at least log it.
+					fs.Errorf(r.URL.Path, "Recovered panic: %v", err)
+				}
+			}
+		}()
+		next.ServeHTTP(lrw, r)
+	})
+}
+
+// HTTP handler that logs complete request and response bodies for debugging.
+// Error recovery and general request logging are left to logging().
+func traceLogging(next http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		dump, err := httputil.DumpRequest(r, true)
+		if err != nil {
+			serveError(nil, w, "error dumping request", err)
+			return
+		}
+		fs.Debugf(nil, "%s", dump)
+
+		recorder := httptest.NewRecorder()
+		next.ServeHTTP(recorder, r)
+
+		dump, err = httputil.DumpResponse(recorder.Result(), true)
+		if err != nil {
+			// log the error but ignore it
+			fs.Errorf(nil, "error dumping response: %v", err)
+		} else {
+			fs.Debugf(nil, "%s", dump)
+		}
+
+		// copy from recorder to the real response writer
+		for k, v := range recorder.Header() {
+			w.Header()[k] = v
+		}
+		w.WriteHeader(recorder.Code)
+		_, err = recorder.Body.WriteTo(w)
+		if err != nil {
+			// Network error
+			fs.Debugf(nil, "Error writing response: %v", err)
+		}
+	})
+}
+
+// HTTP handler that sets headers.
+func withHeader(name string, value string, next http.Handler) http.Handler {
+	return http.HandlerFunc(func(w http.ResponseWriter, r *http.Request) {
+		w.Header().Set(name, value)
+		next.ServeHTTP(w, r)
+	})
+}
+
+// serveError returns an http.StatusInternalServerError and logs the error
+func serveError(what interface{}, w http.ResponseWriter, text string, err error) {
+	fs.CountError(err)
+	fs.Errorf(what, "%s: %v", text, err)
+	http.Error(w, text+".", http.StatusInternalServerError)
+}

cmd/serve/dlna/dlnaflags/dlnaflags.go

@@ -14,16 +14,25 @@ Use --addr to specify which IP address and port the server should
 listen on, eg --addr 1.2.3.4:8000 or --addr :8080 to listen to all
 IPs.
 
+Use --name to choose the friendly server name, which is by
+default "rclone (hostname)".
+
+Use --log-trace in conjunction with -vv to enable additional debug
+logging of all UPNP traffic.
 `
 
 // Options is the type for DLNA serving options.
 type Options struct {
-	ListenAddr string
+	ListenAddr   string
+	FriendlyName string
+	LogTrace     bool
 }
 
 // DefaultOpt contains the defaults options for DLNA serving.
 var DefaultOpt = Options{
-	ListenAddr: ":7879",
+	ListenAddr:   ":7879",
+	FriendlyName: "",
+	LogTrace:     false,
 }
 
 // Opt contains the options for DLNA serving.
@@ -34,6 +43,8 @@ var (
 func addFlagsPrefix(flagSet *pflag.FlagSet, prefix string, Opt *Options) {
 	rc.AddOption("dlna", &Opt)
 	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.ListenAddr, prefix+"addr", "", Opt.ListenAddr, "ip:port or :port to bind the DLNA http server to.")
+	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.FriendlyName, prefix+"name", "", Opt.FriendlyName, "name of DLNA server")
+	flags.BoolVarP(flagSet, &Opt.LogTrace, prefix+"log-trace", "", Opt.LogTrace, "enable trace logging of SOAP traffic")
 }
 
 // AddFlags add the command line flags for DLNA serving.

cmd/serve/ftp/ftp.go

@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ func newServer(f fs.Fs, opt *ftpopt.Options) (*server, error) {
 		},
 		Hostname:     host,
 		Port:         portNum,
+		PublicIp:     opt.PublicIP,
 		PassivePorts: opt.PassivePorts,
 		Auth: &Auth{
 			BasicUser: opt.BasicUser,
@@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ func (f *DriverFactory) NewDriver() (ftp.Driver, error) {
 	}, nil
 }
 
-//Driver impletation of ftp server
+//Driver implementation of ftp server
 type Driver struct {
 	vfs  *vfs.VFS
 	lock sync.Mutex
@@ -378,7 +379,7 @@ func (d *Driver) PutFile(path string, data io.Reader, appendData bool) (n int64,
 	return bytes, nil
 }
 
-//FileInfo  struct ot hold file infor for ftp server
+//FileInfo struct to hold file info for ftp server
 type FileInfo struct {
 	os.FileInfo
 
@@ -387,7 +388,7 @@ type FileInfo struct {
 	group uint32
 }
 
-//Mode return êrm mode of file.
+//Mode return mode of file.
 func (f *FileInfo) Mode() os.FileMode {
 	return f.mode
 }
@@ -407,7 +408,7 @@ func (f *FileInfo) Group() string {
 	str := fmt.Sprint(f.group)
 	g, err := user.LookupGroupId(str)
 	if err != nil {
-		return str //Group not found default to numrical value
+		return str //Group not found default to numerical value
 	}
 	return g.Name
 }

cmd/serve/ftp/ftpflags/ftpflags.go

@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ var (
 func AddFlagsPrefix(flagSet *pflag.FlagSet, prefix string, Opt *ftpopt.Options) {
 	rc.AddOption("ftp", &Opt)
 	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.ListenAddr, prefix+"addr", "", Opt.ListenAddr, "IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to.")
+	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.PublicIP, prefix+"public-ip", "", Opt.PublicIP, "Public IP address to advertise for passive connections.")
 	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.PassivePorts, prefix+"passive-port", "", Opt.PassivePorts, "Passive port range to use.")
 	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.BasicUser, prefix+"user", "", Opt.BasicUser, "User name for authentication.")
 	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.BasicPass, prefix+"pass", "", Opt.BasicPass, "Password for authentication. (empty value allow every password)")

cmd/serve/ftp/ftpopt/ftp_options.go

@@ -24,6 +24,7 @@ You can set a single username and password with the --user and --pass flags.
 type Options struct {
 	//TODO add more options
 	ListenAddr   string // Port to listen on
+	PublicIP     string // Passive ports range
 	PassivePorts string // Passive ports range
 	BasicUser    string // single username for basic auth if not using Htpasswd
 	BasicPass    string // password for BasicUser
@@ -32,6 +33,7 @@ type Options struct {
 // DefaultOpt is the default values used for Options
 var DefaultOpt = Options{
 	ListenAddr:   "localhost:2121",
+	PublicIP:     "",
 	PassivePorts: "30000-32000",
 	BasicUser:    "anonymous",
 	BasicPass:    "",

cmd/serve/http/http_test.go

@@ -1,11 +1,8 @@
-// +build go1.8
-
 package http
 
 import (
 	"flag"
 	"io/ioutil"
-	"net"
 	"net/http"
 	"strings"
 	"testing"
@@ -23,11 +20,11 @@ import (
 var (
 	updateGolden = flag.Bool("updategolden", false, "update golden files for regression test")
 	httpServer   *server
+	testURL      string
 )
 
 const (
-	testBindAddress = "localhost:51777"
-	testURL         = "http://" + testBindAddress + "/"
+	testBindAddress = "localhost:0"
 )
 
 func startServer(t *testing.T, f fs.Fs) {
@@ -35,13 +32,14 @@ func startServer(t *testing.T, f fs.Fs) {
 	opt.ListenAddr = testBindAddress
 	httpServer = newServer(f, &opt)
 	assert.NoError(t, httpServer.Serve())
+	testURL = httpServer.Server.URL()
 
 	// try to connect to the test server
 	pause := time.Millisecond
 	for i := 0; i < 10; i++ {
-		conn, err := net.Dial("tcp", testBindAddress)
+		resp, err := http.Head(testURL)
 		if err == nil {
-			_ = conn.Close()
+			_ = resp.Body.Close()
 			return
 		}
 		// t.Logf("couldn't connect, sleeping for %v: %v", pause, err)

cmd/serve/httplib/http_new.go

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-// HTTP parts go1.8+
-
-//+build go1.8
-
-package httplib
-
-import (
-	"net/http"
-	"time"
-)
-
-// Initialise the http.Server for post go1.8
-func initServer(s *http.Server) {
-	s.ReadHeaderTimeout = 10 * time.Second // time to send the headers
-	s.IdleTimeout = 60 * time.Second       // time to keep idle connections open
-}
-
-// closeServer closes the server in a non graceful way
-func closeServer(s *http.Server) error {
-	return s.Close()
-}

cmd/serve/httplib/http_old.go

@@ -1,18 +0,0 @@
-// HTTP parts pre go1.8
-
-//+build !go1.8
-
-package httplib
-
-import (
-	"net/http"
-)
-
-// Initialise the http.Server for pre go1.8
-func initServer(s *http.Server) {
-}
-
-// closeServer closes the server in a non graceful way
-func closeServer(s *http.Server) error {
-	return nil
-}

cmd/serve/httplib/httplib.go

@@ -180,17 +180,17 @@ func NewServer(handler http.Handler, opt *Options) *Server {
 
 	// FIXME make a transport?
 	s.httpServer = &http.Server{
-		Addr:           s.Opt.ListenAddr,
-		Handler:        handler,
-		ReadTimeout:    s.Opt.ServerReadTimeout,
-		WriteTimeout:   s.Opt.ServerWriteTimeout,
-		MaxHeaderBytes: s.Opt.MaxHeaderBytes,
+		Addr:              s.Opt.ListenAddr,
+		Handler:           handler,
+		ReadTimeout:       s.Opt.ServerReadTimeout,
+		WriteTimeout:      s.Opt.ServerWriteTimeout,
+		MaxHeaderBytes:    s.Opt.MaxHeaderBytes,
+		ReadHeaderTimeout: 10 * time.Second, // time to send the headers
+		IdleTimeout:       60 * time.Second, // time to keep idle connections open
 		TLSConfig: &tls.Config{
 			MinVersion: tls.VersionTLS10, // disable SSL v3.0 and earlier
 		},
 	}
-	// go version specific initialisation
-	initServer(s.httpServer)
 
 	if s.Opt.ClientCA != "" {
 		if !s.useSSL {
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ func (s *Server) Wait() {
 
 // Close shuts the running server down
 func (s *Server) Close() {
-	err := closeServer(s.httpServer)
+	err := s.httpServer.Close()
 	if err != nil {
 		log.Printf("Error on closing HTTP server: %v", err)
 		return

cmd/serve/httplib/serve/data/data.go

@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ import (
 	"github.com/pkg/errors"
 )
 
-// GetTemplate eturns the HTML template for serving directories via HTTP
+// GetTemplate returns the HTML template for serving directories via HTTP
 func GetTemplate() (tpl *template.Template, err error) {
 	templateFile, err := Assets.Open("index.html")
 	if err != nil {

cmd/serve/restic/restic_test.go

@@ -17,8 +17,7 @@ import (
 )
 
 const (
-	testBindAddress = "localhost:51779"
-	testURL         = "http://" + testBindAddress + "/"
+	testBindAddress = "localhost:0"
 	resticSource    = "../../../../../restic/restic"
 )
 
@@ -62,7 +61,7 @@ func TestRestic(t *testing.T) {
 		}
 		cmd := exec.Command("go", args...)
 		cmd.Env = append(os.Environ(),
-			"RESTIC_TEST_REST_REPOSITORY=rest:"+testURL+path,
+			"RESTIC_TEST_REST_REPOSITORY=rest:"+w.Server.URL()+path,
 		)
 		out, err := cmd.CombinedOutput()
 		if len(out) != 0 {

cmd/serve/serve.go

@@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ package serve
 import (
 	"errors"
 
-	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/dlna"
-
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/dlna"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/ftp"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/http"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/restic"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/sftp"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd/serve/webdav"
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
 )
@@ -27,6 +27,9 @@ func init() {
 	if ftp.Command != nil {
 		Command.AddCommand(ftp.Command)
 	}
+	if sftp.Command != nil {
+		Command.AddCommand(sftp.Command)
+	}
 	cmd.Root.AddCommand(Command)
 }
 

cmd/serve/sftp/connection.go

@@ -0,0 +1,254 @@
+// +build !plan9
+
+package sftp
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net"
+	"regexp"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/hash"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
+	"github.com/pkg/errors"
+	"github.com/pkg/sftp"
+	"golang.org/x/crypto/ssh"
+)
+
+func describeConn(c interface {
+	RemoteAddr() net.Addr
+	LocalAddr() net.Addr
+}) string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("serve sftp %s->%s", c.RemoteAddr(), c.LocalAddr())
+}
+
+// Return the exit status of the command
+type exitStatus struct {
+	RC uint32
+}
+
+// The incoming exec command
+type execCommand struct {
+	Command string
+}
+
+var shellUnEscapeRegex = regexp.MustCompile(`\\(.)`)
+
+// Unescape a string that was escaped by rclone
+func shellUnEscape(str string) string {
+	str = strings.Replace(str, "'\n'", "\n", -1)
+	str = shellUnEscapeRegex.ReplaceAllString(str, `$1`)
+	return str
+}
+
+// Info about the current connection
+type conn struct {
+	vfs      *vfs.VFS
+	f        fs.Fs
+	handlers sftp.Handlers
+	what     string
+}
+
+// execCommand implements an extrememly limited number of commands to
+// interoperate with the rclone sftp backend
+func (c *conn) execCommand(out io.Writer, command string) (err error) {
+	binary, args := command, ""
+	space := strings.Index(command, " ")
+	if space >= 0 {
+		binary = command[:space]
+		args = strings.TrimLeft(command[space+1:], " ")
+	}
+	args = shellUnEscape(args)
+	fs.Debugf(c.what, "exec command: binary = %q, args = %q", binary, args)
+	switch binary {
+	case "df":
+		about := c.f.Features().About
+		if about == nil {
+			return errors.New("df not supported")
+		}
+		usage, err := about()
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrap(err, "About failed")
+		}
+		total, used, free := int64(-1), int64(-1), int64(-1)
+		if usage.Total != nil {
+			total = *usage.Total / 1024
+		}
+		if usage.Used != nil {
+			used = *usage.Used / 1024
+		}
+		if usage.Free != nil {
+			free = *usage.Free / 1024
+		}
+		perc := int64(0)
+		if total > 0 && used >= 0 {
+			perc = (100 * used) / total
+		}
+		_, err = fmt.Fprintf(out, `		Filesystem                   1K-blocks      Used Available Use%% Mounted on
+/dev/root %d %d  %d  %d%% /
+`, total, used, free, perc)
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrap(err, "send output failed")
+		}
+	case "md5sum", "sha1sum":
+		ht := hash.MD5
+		if binary == "sha1sum" {
+			ht = hash.SHA1
+		}
+		node, err := c.vfs.Stat(args)
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrapf(err, "hash failed finding file %q", args)
+		}
+		if node.IsDir() {
+			return errors.New("can't hash directory")
+		}
+		o, ok := node.DirEntry().(fs.ObjectInfo)
+		if !ok {
+			return errors.New("unexpected non file")
+		}
+		hash, err := o.Hash(ht)
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrap(err, "hash failed")
+		}
+		_, err = fmt.Fprintf(out, "%s  %s\n", hash, args)
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrap(err, "send output failed")
+		}
+	case "echo":
+		// special cases for rclone command detection
+		switch args {
+		case "'abc' | md5sum":
+			if c.f.Hashes().Contains(hash.MD5) {
+				_, err = fmt.Fprintf(out, "0bee89b07a248e27c83fc3d5951213c1  -\n")
+				if err != nil {
+					return errors.Wrap(err, "send output failed")
+				}
+			} else {
+				return errors.New("md5 hash not supported")
+			}
+		case "'abc' | sha1sum":
+			if c.f.Hashes().Contains(hash.SHA1) {
+				_, err = fmt.Fprintf(out, "03cfd743661f07975fa2f1220c5194cbaff48451  -\n")
+				if err != nil {
+					return errors.Wrap(err, "send output failed")
+				}
+			} else {
+				return errors.New("sha1 hash not supported")
+			}
+		default:
+			_, err = fmt.Fprintf(out, "%s\n", args)
+			if err != nil {
+				return errors.Wrap(err, "send output failed")
+			}
+		}
+	default:
+		return errors.Errorf("%q not implemented\n", command)
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// handle a new incoming channel request
+func (c *conn) handleChannel(newChannel ssh.NewChannel) {
+	fs.Debugf(c.what, "Incoming channel: %s\n", newChannel.ChannelType())
+	if newChannel.ChannelType() != "session" {
+		err := newChannel.Reject(ssh.UnknownChannelType, "unknown channel type")
+		fs.Debugf(c.what, "Unknown channel type: %s\n", newChannel.ChannelType())
+		if err != nil {
+			fs.Errorf(c.what, "Failed to reject unknown channel: %v", err)
+		}
+		return
+	}
+	channel, requests, err := newChannel.Accept()
+	if err != nil {
+		fs.Errorf(c.what, "could not accept channel: %v", err)
+		return
+	}
+	defer func() {
+		err := channel.Close()
+		if err != nil {
+			fs.Debugf(c.what, "Failed to close channel: %v", err)
+		}
+	}()
+	fs.Debugf(c.what, "Channel accepted\n")
+
+	isSFTP := make(chan bool, 1)
+	var command execCommand
+
+	// Handle out-of-band requests
+	go func(in <-chan *ssh.Request) {
+		for req := range in {
+			fs.Debugf(c.what, "Request: %v\n", req.Type)
+			ok := false
+			var subSystemIsSFTP bool
+			var reply []byte
+			switch req.Type {
+			case "subsystem":
+				fs.Debugf(c.what, "Subsystem: %s\n", req.Payload[4:])
+				if string(req.Payload[4:]) == "sftp" {
+					ok = true
+					subSystemIsSFTP = true
+				}
+			case "exec":
+				err := ssh.Unmarshal(req.Payload, &command)
+				if err != nil {
+					fs.Errorf(c.what, "ignoring bad exec command: %v", err)
+				} else {
+					ok = true
+					subSystemIsSFTP = false
+				}
+			}
+			fs.Debugf(c.what, " - accepted: %v\n", ok)
+			err = req.Reply(ok, reply)
+			if err != nil {
+				fs.Errorf(c.what, "Failed to Reply to request: %v", err)
+				return
+			}
+			if ok {
+				// Wake up main routine after we have responded
+				isSFTP <- subSystemIsSFTP
+			}
+		}
+	}(requests)
+
+	// Wait for either subsystem "sftp" or "exec" request
+	if <-isSFTP {
+		fs.Debugf(c.what, "Starting SFTP server")
+		server := sftp.NewRequestServer(channel, c.handlers)
+		defer func() {
+			err := server.Close()
+			if err != nil {
+				fs.Debugf(c.what, "Failed to close server: %v", err)
+			}
+		}()
+		err = server.Serve()
+		if err == io.EOF || err == nil {
+			fs.Debugf(c.what, "exited session")
+		} else {
+			fs.Errorf(c.what, "completed with error: %v", err)
+		}
+	} else {
+		var rc = uint32(0)
+		err := c.execCommand(channel, command.Command)
+		if err != nil {
+			rc = 1
+			_, errPrint := fmt.Fprintf(channel.Stderr(), "%v\n", err)
+			if errPrint != nil {
+				fs.Errorf(c.what, "Failed to write to stderr: %v", errPrint)
+			}
+			fs.Debugf(c.what, "command %q failed with error: %v", command.Command, err)
+		}
+		_, err = channel.SendRequest("exit-status", false, ssh.Marshal(exitStatus{RC: rc}))
+		if err != nil {
+			fs.Errorf(c.what, "Failed to send exit status: %v", err)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Service the incoming Channel channel in go routine
+func (c *conn) handleChannels(chans <-chan ssh.NewChannel) {
+	for newChannel := range chans {
+		go c.handleChannel(newChannel)
+	}
+}

cmd/serve/sftp/connection_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+// +build !plan9
+
+package sftp
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"testing"
+
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
+)
+
+func TestShellEscape(t *testing.T) {
+	for i, test := range []struct {
+		unescaped, escaped string
+	}{
+		{"", ""},
+		{"/this/is/harmless", "/this/is/harmless"},
+		{"$(rm -rf /)", "\\$\\(rm\\ -rf\\ /\\)"},
+		{"/test/\n", "/test/'\n'"},
+		{":\"'", ":\\\"\\'"},
+	} {
+		got := shellUnEscape(test.escaped)
+		assert.Equal(t, test.unescaped, got, fmt.Sprintf("Test %d unescaped = %q", i, test.unescaped))
+	}
+}

cmd/serve/sftp/handler.go

@@ -0,0 +1,154 @@
+// +build !plan9
+
+package sftp
+
+import (
+	"io"
+	"os"
+	"syscall"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
+	"github.com/pkg/sftp"
+)
+
+// vfsHandler converts the VFS to be served by SFTP
+type vfsHandler struct {
+	*vfs.VFS
+}
+
+// vfsHandler returns a Handlers object with the test handlers.
+func newVFSHandler(vfs *vfs.VFS) (sftp.Handlers, error) {
+	v := vfsHandler{VFS: vfs}
+	return sftp.Handlers{
+		FileGet:  v,
+		FilePut:  v,
+		FileCmd:  v,
+		FileList: v,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+func (v vfsHandler) Fileread(r *sftp.Request) (io.ReaderAt, error) {
+	file, err := v.OpenFile(r.Filepath, os.O_RDONLY, 0777)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return file, nil
+}
+
+func (v vfsHandler) Filewrite(r *sftp.Request) (io.WriterAt, error) {
+	file, err := v.OpenFile(r.Filepath, os.O_WRONLY|os.O_CREATE|os.O_TRUNC, 0777)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return file, nil
+}
+
+func (v vfsHandler) Filecmd(r *sftp.Request) error {
+	switch r.Method {
+	case "Setstat":
+		node, err := v.Stat(r.Filepath)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		attr := r.Attributes()
+		if attr.Mtime != 0 {
+			modTime := time.Unix(int64(attr.Mtime), 0)
+			err := node.SetModTime(modTime)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+		return nil
+	case "Rename":
+		err := v.Rename(r.Filepath, r.Target)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	case "Rmdir", "Remove":
+		node, err := v.Stat(r.Filepath)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		err = node.Remove()
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	case "Mkdir":
+		dir, leaf, err := v.StatParent(r.Filepath)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+		_, err = dir.Mkdir(leaf)
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	case "Symlink":
+		// FIXME
+		// _, err := v.fetch(r.Filepath)
+		// if err != nil {
+		// 	return err
+		// }
+		// link := newMemFile(r.Target, false)
+		// link.symlink = r.Filepath
+		// v.files[r.Target] = link
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+type listerat []os.FileInfo
+
+// Modeled after strings.Reader's ReadAt() implementation
+func (f listerat) ListAt(ls []os.FileInfo, offset int64) (int, error) {
+	var n int
+	if offset >= int64(len(f)) {
+		return 0, io.EOF
+	}
+	n = copy(ls, f[offset:])
+	if n < len(ls) {
+		return n, io.EOF
+	}
+	return n, nil
+}
+
+func (v vfsHandler) Filelist(r *sftp.Request) (l sftp.ListerAt, err error) {
+	var node vfs.Node
+	var handle vfs.Handle
+	switch r.Method {
+	case "List":
+		node, err = v.Stat(r.Filepath)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		if !node.IsDir() {
+			return nil, syscall.ENOTDIR
+		}
+		handle, err = node.Open(os.O_RDONLY)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		defer fs.CheckClose(handle, &err)
+		fis, err := handle.Readdir(-1)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return listerat(fis), nil
+	case "Stat":
+		node, err = v.Stat(r.Filepath)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		return listerat([]os.FileInfo{node}), nil
+	case "Readlink":
+		// FIXME
+		// if file.symlink != "" {
+		// 	file, err = v.fetch(file.symlink)
+		// 	if err != nil {
+		// 		return nil, err
+		// 	}
+		// }
+		// return listerat([]os.FileInfo{file}), nil
+	}
+	return nil, nil
+}

cmd/serve/sftp/server.go

@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+// +build !plan9
+
+package sftp
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"crypto/rand"
+	"crypto/rsa"
+	"crypto/subtle"
+	"crypto/x509"
+	"encoding/pem"
+	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"log"
+	"net"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/lib/env"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs/vfsflags"
+	"github.com/pkg/errors"
+	"github.com/pkg/sftp"
+	"golang.org/x/crypto/ssh"
+)
+
+// server contains everything to run the server
+type server struct {
+	f        fs.Fs
+	opt      Options
+	vfs      *vfs.VFS
+	config   *ssh.ServerConfig
+	handlers sftp.Handlers
+	listener net.Listener
+	waitChan chan struct{} // for waiting on the listener to close
+}
+
+func newServer(f fs.Fs, opt *Options) *server {
+	s := &server{
+		f:        f,
+		vfs:      vfs.New(f, &vfsflags.Opt),
+		opt:      *opt,
+		waitChan: make(chan struct{}),
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+func (s *server) acceptConnections() {
+	for {
+		nConn, err := s.listener.Accept()
+		if err != nil {
+			if strings.Contains(err.Error(), "use of closed network connection") {
+				return
+			}
+			fs.Errorf(nil, "Failed to accept incoming connection: %v", err)
+			continue
+		}
+		what := describeConn(nConn)
+
+		// Before use, a handshake must be performed on the incoming net.Conn.
+		sshConn, chans, reqs, err := ssh.NewServerConn(nConn, s.config)
+		if err != nil {
+			fs.Errorf(what, "SSH login failed: %v", err)
+			continue
+		}
+
+		fs.Infof(what, "SSH login from %s using %s", sshConn.User(), sshConn.ClientVersion())
+
+		// Discard all global out-of-band Requests
+		go ssh.DiscardRequests(reqs)
+
+		c := &conn{
+			vfs:      s.vfs,
+			f:        s.f,
+			handlers: s.handlers,
+			what:     what,
+		}
+
+		// Accept all channels
+		go c.handleChannels(chans)
+	}
+}
+
+// Based on example server code from golang.org/x/crypto/ssh and server_standalone
+func (s *server) serve() (err error) {
+	var authorizedKeysMap map[string]struct{}
+
+	// Load the authorized keys
+	if s.opt.AuthorizedKeys != "" {
+		authKeysFile := env.ShellExpand(s.opt.AuthorizedKeys)
+		authorizedKeysMap, err = loadAuthorizedKeys(authKeysFile)
+		// If user set the flag away from the default then report an error
+		if err != nil && s.opt.AuthorizedKeys != DefaultOpt.AuthorizedKeys {
+			return err
+		}
+		fs.Logf(nil, "Loaded %d authorized keys from %q", len(authorizedKeysMap), authKeysFile)
+	}
+
+	if !s.opt.NoAuth && len(authorizedKeysMap) == 0 && s.opt.User == "" && s.opt.Pass == "" {
+		return errors.New("no authorization found, use --user/--pass or --authorized-keys or --no-auth")
+	}
+
+	// An SSH server is represented by a ServerConfig, which holds
+	// certificate details and handles authentication of ServerConns.
+	s.config = &ssh.ServerConfig{
+		ServerVersion: "SSH-2.0-" + fs.Config.UserAgent,
+		PasswordCallback: func(c ssh.ConnMetadata, pass []byte) (*ssh.Permissions, error) {
+			fs.Debugf(describeConn(c), "Password login attempt for %s", c.User())
+			if s.opt.User != "" && s.opt.Pass != "" {
+				userOK := subtle.ConstantTimeCompare([]byte(c.User()), []byte(s.opt.User))
+				passOK := subtle.ConstantTimeCompare(pass, []byte(s.opt.Pass))
+				if (userOK & passOK) == 1 {
+					return nil, nil
+				}
+			}
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("password rejected for %q", c.User())
+		},
+		PublicKeyCallback: func(c ssh.ConnMetadata, pubKey ssh.PublicKey) (*ssh.Permissions, error) {
+			fs.Debugf(describeConn(c), "Public key login attempt for %s", c.User())
+			if _, ok := authorizedKeysMap[string(pubKey.Marshal())]; ok {
+				return &ssh.Permissions{
+					// Record the public key used for authentication.
+					Extensions: map[string]string{
+						"pubkey-fp": ssh.FingerprintSHA256(pubKey),
+					},
+				}, nil
+			}
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown public key for %q", c.User())
+		},
+		AuthLogCallback: func(conn ssh.ConnMetadata, method string, err error) {
+			status := "OK"
+			if err != nil {
+				status = err.Error()
+			}
+			fs.Debugf(describeConn(conn), "ssh auth %q from %q: %s", method, conn.ClientVersion(), status)
+		},
+		NoClientAuth: s.opt.NoAuth,
+	}
+
+	// Load the private key, from the cache if not explicitly configured
+	keyPath := s.opt.Key
+	cachePath := filepath.Join(config.CacheDir, "serve-sftp")
+	if keyPath == "" {
+		keyPath = filepath.Join(cachePath, "id_rsa")
+	}
+	private, err := loadPrivateKey(keyPath)
+	if err != nil && s.opt.Key == "" {
+		fs.Debugf(nil, "Failed to load %q: %v", keyPath, err)
+		// If loading a cached key failed, make the keys and retry
+		err = os.MkdirAll(cachePath, 0700)
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrap(err, "failed to create cache path")
+		}
+		const bits = 2048
+		fs.Logf(nil, "Generating %d bit key pair at %q", bits, keyPath)
+		err = makeSSHKeyPair(bits, keyPath+".pub", keyPath)
+		if err != nil {
+			return errors.Wrap(err, "failed to create SSH key pair")
+		}
+		// reload the new keys
+		private, err = loadPrivateKey(keyPath)
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	fs.Debugf(nil, "Loaded private key from %q", keyPath)
+
+	s.config.AddHostKey(private)
+
+	// Once a ServerConfig has been configured, connections can be
+	// accepted.
+	s.listener, err = net.Listen("tcp", s.opt.ListenAddr)
+	if err != nil {
+		log.Fatal("failed to listen for connection", err)
+	}
+	fs.Logf(nil, "SFTP server listening on %v\n", s.listener.Addr())
+
+	s.handlers, err = newVFSHandler(s.vfs)
+	if err != nil {
+		return errors.Wrap(err, "serve sftp: failed to create fs")
+	}
+
+	go s.acceptConnections()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Addr returns the address the server is listening on
+func (s *server) Addr() string {
+	return s.listener.Addr().String()
+}
+
+// Serve runs the sftp server in the background.
+//
+// Use s.Close() and s.Wait() to shutdown server
+func (s *server) Serve() error {
+	err := s.serve()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Wait blocks while the listener is open.
+func (s *server) Wait() {
+	<-s.waitChan
+}
+
+// Close shuts the running server down
+func (s *server) Close() {
+	err := s.listener.Close()
+	if err != nil {
+		fs.Errorf(nil, "Error on closing SFTP server: %v", err)
+		return
+	}
+	close(s.waitChan)
+}
+
+func loadPrivateKey(keyPath string) (ssh.Signer, error) {
+	privateBytes, err := ioutil.ReadFile(keyPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to load private key")
+	}
+	private, err := ssh.ParsePrivateKey(privateBytes)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to parse private key")
+	}
+	return private, nil
+}
+
+// Public key authentication is done by comparing
+// the public key of a received connection
+// with the entries in the authorized_keys file.
+func loadAuthorizedKeys(authorizedKeysPath string) (authorizedKeysMap map[string]struct{}, err error) {
+	authorizedKeysBytes, err := ioutil.ReadFile(authorizedKeysPath)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to load authorized keys")
+	}
+	authorizedKeysMap = make(map[string]struct{})
+	for len(authorizedKeysBytes) > 0 {
+		pubKey, _, _, rest, err := ssh.ParseAuthorizedKey(authorizedKeysBytes)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, errors.Wrap(err, "failed to parse authorized keys")
+		}
+		authorizedKeysMap[string(pubKey.Marshal())] = struct{}{}
+		authorizedKeysBytes = bytes.TrimSpace(rest)
+	}
+	return authorizedKeysMap, nil
+}
+
+// makeSSHKeyPair make a pair of public and private keys for SSH access.
+// Public key is encoded in the format for inclusion in an OpenSSH authorized_keys file.
+// Private Key generated is PEM encoded
+//
+// Originally from: https://stackoverflow.com/a/34347463/164234
+func makeSSHKeyPair(bits int, pubKeyPath, privateKeyPath string) (err error) {
+	privateKey, err := rsa.GenerateKey(rand.Reader, bits)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// generate and write private key as PEM
+	privateKeyFile, err := os.OpenFile(privateKeyPath, os.O_WRONLY|os.O_CREATE|os.O_TRUNC, 0600)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer fs.CheckClose(privateKeyFile, &err)
+	privateKeyPEM := &pem.Block{Type: "RSA PRIVATE KEY", Bytes: x509.MarshalPKCS1PrivateKey(privateKey)}
+	if err := pem.Encode(privateKeyFile, privateKeyPEM); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// generate and write public key
+	pub, err := ssh.NewPublicKey(&privateKey.PublicKey)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	return ioutil.WriteFile(pubKeyPath, ssh.MarshalAuthorizedKey(pub), 0644)
+}

cmd/serve/sftp/sftp.go

@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+// Package sftp implements an SFTP server to serve an rclone VFS
+
+// +build !plan9
+
+package sftp
+
+import (
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/cmd"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/flags"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/rc"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs/vfsflags"
+	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
+	"github.com/spf13/pflag"
+)
+
+// Options contains options for the http Server
+type Options struct {
+	ListenAddr     string // Port to listen on
+	Key            string // Path to private key
+	AuthorizedKeys string // Path to authorized keys file
+	User           string // single username
+	Pass           string // password for user
+	NoAuth         bool   // allow no authentication on connections
+}
+
+// DefaultOpt is the default values used for Options
+var DefaultOpt = Options{
+	ListenAddr:     "localhost:2022",
+	AuthorizedKeys: "~/.ssh/authorized_keys",
+}
+
+// Opt is options set by command line flags
+var Opt = DefaultOpt
+
+// AddFlags adds flags for the sftp
+func AddFlags(flagSet *pflag.FlagSet, Opt *Options) {
+	rc.AddOption("sftp", &Opt)
+	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.ListenAddr, "addr", "", Opt.ListenAddr, "IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to.")
+	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.Key, "key", "", Opt.Key, "SSH private key file (leave blank to auto generate)")
+	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.AuthorizedKeys, "authorized-keys", "", Opt.AuthorizedKeys, "Authorized keys file")
+	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.User, "user", "", Opt.User, "User name for authentication.")
+	flags.StringVarP(flagSet, &Opt.Pass, "pass", "", Opt.Pass, "Password for authentication.")
+	flags.BoolVarP(flagSet, &Opt.NoAuth, "no-auth", "", Opt.NoAuth, "Allow connections with no authentication if set.")
+}
+
+func init() {
+	vfsflags.AddFlags(Command.Flags())
+	AddFlags(Command.Flags(), &Opt)
+}
+
+// Command definition for cobra
+var Command = &cobra.Command{
+	Use:   "sftp remote:path",
+	Short: `Serve the remote over SFTP.`,
+	Long: `rclone serve sftp implements an SFTP server to serve the remote
+over SFTP.  This can be used with an SFTP client or you can make a
+remote of type sftp to use with it.
+
+You can use the filter flags (eg --include, --exclude) to control what
+is served.
+
+The server will log errors.  Use -v to see access logs.
+
+--bwlimit will be respected for file transfers.  Use --stats to
+control the stats printing.
+
+You must provide some means of authentication, either with --user/--pass,
+an authorized keys file (specify location with --authorized-keys - the
+default is the same as ssh) or set the --no-auth flag for no
+authentication when logging in.
+
+Note that this also implements a small number of shell commands so
+that it can provide md5sum/sha1sum/df information for the rclone sftp
+backend.  This means that is can support SHA1SUMs, MD5SUMs and the
+about command when paired with the rclone sftp backend.
+
+If you don't supply a --key then rclone will generate one and cache it
+for later use.
+
+By default the server binds to localhost:2022 - if you want it to be
+reachable externally then supply "--addr :2022" for example.
+
+Note that the default of "--vfs-cache-mode off" is fine for the rclone
+sftp backend, but it may not be with other SFTP clients.
+
+` + vfs.Help,
+	Run: func(command *cobra.Command, args []string) {
+		cmd.CheckArgs(1, 1, command, args)
+		f := cmd.NewFsSrc(args)
+		cmd.Run(false, true, command, func() error {
+			s := newServer(f, &Opt)
+			err := s.Serve()
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			s.Wait()
+			return nil
+		})
+	},
+}

cmd/serve/sftp/sftp_test.go

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+// Serve sftp tests set up a server and run the integration tests
+// for the sftp remote against it.
+//
+// We skip tests on platforms with troublesome character mappings
+
+//+build !windows,!darwin,!plan9
+
+package sftp
+
+import (
+	"os"
+	"os/exec"
+	"strings"
+	"testing"
+
+	_ "github.com/ncw/rclone/backend/local"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fs/config/obscure"
+	"github.com/ncw/rclone/fstest"
+	"github.com/pkg/sftp"
+	"github.com/stretchr/testify/assert"
+)
+
+const (
+	testBindAddress = "localhost:0"
+	testUser        = "testuser"
+	testPass        = "testpass"
+)
+
+// check interfaces
+var (
+	_ sftp.FileReader = vfsHandler{}
+	_ sftp.FileWriter = vfsHandler{}
+	_ sftp.FileCmder  = vfsHandler{}
+	_ sftp.FileLister = vfsHandler{}
+)
+
+// TestSftp runs the sftp server then runs the unit tests for the
+// sftp remote against it.
+func TestSftp(t *testing.T) {
+	fstest.Initialise()
+
+	fremote, _, clean, err := fstest.RandomRemote(*fstest.RemoteName, *fstest.SubDir)
+	assert.NoError(t, err)
+	defer clean()
+
+	err = fremote.Mkdir("")
+	assert.NoError(t, err)
+
+	opt := DefaultOpt
+	opt.ListenAddr = testBindAddress
+	opt.User = testUser
+	opt.Pass = testPass
+
+	// Start the server
+	w := newServer(fremote, &opt)
+	assert.NoError(t, w.serve())
+	defer func() {
+		w.Close()
+		w.Wait()
+	}()
+
+	// Change directory to run the tests
+	err = os.Chdir("../../../backend/sftp")
+	assert.NoError(t, err, "failed to cd to sftp backend")
+
+	// Run the sftp tests with an on the fly remote
+	args := []string{"test"}
+	if testing.Verbose() {
+		args = append(args, "-v")
+	}
+	if *fstest.Verbose {
+		args = append(args, "-verbose")
+	}
+	args = append(args, "-remote", "sftptest:")
+	cmd := exec.Command("go", args...)
+	addr := w.Addr()
+	colon := strings.LastIndex(addr, ":")
+	if colon < 0 {
+		panic("need a : in the address: " + addr)
+	}
+	host, port := addr[:colon], addr[colon+1:]
+	cmd.Env = append(os.Environ(),
+		"RCLONE_CONFIG_SFTPTEST_TYPE=sftp",
+		"RCLONE_CONFIG_SFTPTEST_HOST="+host,
+		"RCLONE_CONFIG_SFTPTEST_PORT="+port,
+		"RCLONE_CONFIG_SFTPTEST_USER="+testUser,
+		"RCLONE_CONFIG_SFTPTEST_PASS="+obscure.MustObscure(testPass),
+	)
+	out, err := cmd.CombinedOutput()
+	if len(out) != 0 {
+		t.Logf("\n----------\n%s----------\n", string(out))
+	}
+	assert.NoError(t, err, "Running sftp integration tests")
+}

cmd/serve/sftp/sftp_unsupported.go

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+// Build for sftp for unsupported platforms to stop go complaining
+// about "no buildable Go source files "
+
+// +build plan9
+
+package sftp
+
+import "github.com/spf13/cobra"
+
+// Command definition is nil to show not implemented
+var Command *cobra.Command = nil

cmd/serve/webdav/webdav.go

@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 package webdav
 
 import (
+	"context"
 	"net/http"
 	"os"
 
@@ -15,7 +16,6 @@ import (
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs"
 	"github.com/ncw/rclone/vfs/vfsflags"
 	"github.com/spf13/cobra"
-	"golang.org/x/net/context" // switch to "context" when we stop supporting go1.8
 	"golang.org/x/net/webdav"
 )
 

cmd/serve/webdav/webdav_test.go

@@ -20,8 +20,7 @@ import (
 )
 
 const (
-	testBindAddress = "localhost:51778"
-	testURL         = "http://" + testBindAddress + "/"
+	testBindAddress = "localhost:0"
 )
 
 // check interfaces
@@ -70,7 +69,7 @@ func TestWebDav(t *testing.T) {
 	cmd := exec.Command("go", args...)
 	cmd.Env = append(os.Environ(),
 		"RCLONE_CONFIG_WEBDAVTEST_TYPE=webdav",
-		"RCLONE_CONFIG_WEBDAVTEST_URL="+testURL,
+		"RCLONE_CONFIG_WEBDAVTEST_URL="+w.Server.URL(),
 		"RCLONE_CONFIG_WEBDAVTEST_VENDOR=other",
 	)
 	out, err := cmd.CombinedOutput()

cmd/settier/settier.go

@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Few cloud storage services provides different storage classes on objects,
 for example AWS S3 and Glacier, Azure Blob storage - Hot, Cool and Archive,
 Google Cloud Storage, Regional Storage, Nearline, Coldline etc.
 
-Note that, certain tier chages make objects not available to access immediately.
+Note that, certain tier changes make objects not available to access immediately.
 For example tiering to archive in azure blob storage makes objects in frozen state,
 user can restore by setting tier to Hot/Cool, similarly S3 to Glacier makes object
 inaccessible.true

docs/content/about.md

@@ -61,10 +61,12 @@ Features
   * [Sync](/commands/rclone_sync/) (one way) mode to make a directory identical
   * [Check](/commands/rclone_check/) mode to check for file hash equality
   * Can sync to and from network, eg two different cloud accounts
-  * ([Encryption](/crypt/)) backend
-  * ([Cache](/cache/)) backend
-  * ([Union](/union/)) backend
+  * [Encryption](/crypt/) backend
+  * [Cache](/cache/) backend
+  * [Union](/union/) backend
   * Optional FUSE mount ([rclone mount](/commands/rclone_mount/))
+  * Multi-threaded downloads to local disk
+  * Can [serve](/commands/rclone_serve/) local or remote files over [HTTP](/commands/rclone_serve_http/)/[WebDav](/commands/rclone_serve_webdav/)/[FTP](/commands/rclone_serve_ftp/)/[SFTP](/commands/rclone_serve_sftp/)/[dlna](/commands/rclone_serve_dlna/)
 
 Links
 

docs/content/alias.md

@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ n/s/q> n
 name> remote
 Type of storage to configure.
 Choose a number from below, or type in your own value
- 1 / Alias for a existing remote
+ 1 / Alias for an existing remote
    \ "alias"
  2 / Amazon Drive
    \ "amazon cloud drive"
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ Copy another local directory to the alias directory called source
 <!--- autogenerated options start - DO NOT EDIT, instead edit fs.RegInfo in backend/alias/alias.go then run make backenddocs -->
 ### Standard Options
 
-Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for a existing remote).
+Here are the standard options specific to alias (Alias for an existing remote).
 
 #### --alias-remote
 

docs/content/authors.md

@@ -250,3 +250,14 @@ Contributors
   * xopez <28950736+xopez@users.noreply.github.com>
   * Ben Boeckel <mathstuf@gmail.com>
   * Manu <manu@snapdragon.cc>
+  * Kyle E. Mitchell <kyle@kemitchell.com>
+  * Gary Kim <gary@garykim.dev>
+  * Jon <jonathn@github.com>
+  * Jeff Quinn <jeffrey.quinn@bluevoyant.com>
+  * Peter Berbec <peter@berbec.com>
+  * didil <1284255+didil@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * id01 <gaviniboom@gmail.com>
+  * Robert Marko <robimarko@gmail.com>
+  * Philip Harvey <32467456+pharveybattelle@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * JorisE <JorisE@users.noreply.github.com>
+  * garry415 <garry.415@gmail.com>

docs/content/cache.md

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
------
+---
 title: "Cache"
 description: "Rclone docs for cache remote"
 date: "2017-09-03"

docs/content/commands/rclone.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone"
 slug: rclone
 url: /commands/rclone/
@@ -26,314 +26,7 @@ rclone [flags]
 ### Options
 
 ```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-  -h, --help                                         help for rclone
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-  -V, --version                                      Print the version number
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
+  -h, --help   help for rclone
 ```
 
 ### SEE ALSO
@@ -386,4 +79,4 @@ rclone [flags]
 * [rclone tree](/commands/rclone_tree/)	 - List the contents of the remote in a tree like fashion.
 * [rclone version](/commands/rclone_version/)	 - Show the version number.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_about.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone about"
 slug: rclone_about
 url: /commands/rclone_about/
@@ -66,319 +66,8 @@ rclone about remote: [flags]
       --json   Format output as JSON
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_authorize.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone authorize"
 slug: rclone_authorize
 url: /commands/rclone_authorize/
@@ -25,319 +25,8 @@ rclone authorize [flags]
   -h, --help   help for authorize
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_cachestats.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone cachestats"
 slug: rclone_cachestats
 url: /commands/rclone_cachestats/
@@ -24,319 +24,8 @@ rclone cachestats source: [flags]
   -h, --help   help for cachestats
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_cat.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone cat"
 slug: rclone_cat
 url: /commands/rclone_cat/
@@ -46,319 +46,8 @@ rclone cat remote:path [flags]
       --tail int     Only print the last N characters.
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_check.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone check"
 slug: rclone_check
 url: /commands/rclone_check/
@@ -40,319 +40,8 @@ rclone check source:path dest:path [flags]
       --one-way    Check one way only, source files must exist on remote
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_cleanup.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone cleanup"
 slug: rclone_cleanup
 url: /commands/rclone_cleanup/
@@ -25,319 +25,8 @@ rclone cleanup remote:path [flags]
   -h, --help   help for cleanup
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_config.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone config"
 slug: rclone_config
 url: /commands/rclone_config/
@@ -25,317 +25,6 @@ rclone config [flags]
   -h, --help   help for config
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone](/commands/rclone/)	 - Show help for rclone commands, flags and backends.
@@ -349,4 +38,4 @@ rclone config [flags]
 * [rclone config show](/commands/rclone_config_show/)	 - Print (decrypted) config file, or the config for a single remote.
 * [rclone config update](/commands/rclone_config_update/)	 - Update options in an existing remote.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019

docs/content/commands/rclone_config_create.md

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 ---
-date: 2019-04-13T11:00:52+01:00
+date: 2019-05-10T23:12:21+01:00
 title: "rclone config create"
 slug: rclone_config_create
 url: /commands/rclone_config_create/
@@ -39,319 +39,8 @@ rclone config create <name> <type> [<key> <value>]* [flags]
   -h, --help   help for create
 ```
 
-### Options inherited from parent commands
-
-```
-      --acd-auth-url string                          Auth server URL.
-      --acd-client-id string                         Amazon Application Client ID.
-      --acd-client-secret string                     Amazon Application Client Secret.
-      --acd-templink-threshold SizeSuffix            Files >= this size will be downloaded via their tempLink. (default 9G)
-      --acd-token-url string                         Token server url.
-      --acd-upload-wait-per-gb Duration              Additional time per GB to wait after a failed complete upload to see if it appears. (default 3m0s)
-      --alias-remote string                          Remote or path to alias.
-      --ask-password                                 Allow prompt for password for encrypted configuration. (default true)
-      --auto-confirm                                 If enabled, do not request console confirmation.
-      --azureblob-access-tier string                 Access tier of blob: hot, cool or archive.
-      --azureblob-account string                     Storage Account Name (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-chunk-size SizeSuffix              Upload chunk size (<= 100MB). (default 4M)
-      --azureblob-endpoint string                    Endpoint for the service
-      --azureblob-key string                         Storage Account Key (leave blank to use connection string or SAS URL)
-      --azureblob-list-chunk int                     Size of blob list. (default 5000)
-      --azureblob-sas-url string                     SAS URL for container level access only
-      --azureblob-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (<= 256MB). (default 256M)
-      --b2-account string                            Account ID or Application Key ID
-      --b2-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Upload chunk size. Must fit in memory. (default 96M)
-      --b2-disable-checksum                          Disable checksums for large (> upload cutoff) files
-      --b2-download-url string                       Custom endpoint for downloads.
-      --b2-endpoint string                           Endpoint for the service.
-      --b2-hard-delete                               Permanently delete files on remote removal, otherwise hide files.
-      --b2-key string                                Application Key
-      --b2-test-mode string                          A flag string for X-Bz-Test-Mode header for debugging.
-      --b2-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload. (default 200M)
-      --b2-versions                                  Include old versions in directory listings.
-      --backup-dir string                            Make backups into hierarchy based in DIR.
-      --bind string                                  Local address to bind to for outgoing connections, IPv4, IPv6 or name.
-      --box-client-id string                         Box App Client Id.
-      --box-client-secret string                     Box App Client Secret
-      --box-commit-retries int                       Max number of times to try committing a multipart file. (default 100)
-      --box-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                 Cutoff for switching to multipart upload (>= 50MB). (default 50M)
-      --buffer-size SizeSuffix                       In memory buffer size when reading files for each --transfer. (default 16M)
-      --bwlimit BwTimetable                          Bandwidth limit in kBytes/s, or use suffix b|k|M|G or a full timetable.
-      --ca-cert string                               CA certificate used to verify servers
-      --cache-chunk-clean-interval Duration          How often should the cache perform cleanups of the chunk storage. (default 1m0s)
-      --cache-chunk-no-memory                        Disable the in-memory cache for storing chunks during streaming.
-      --cache-chunk-path string                      Directory to cache chunk files. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  The size of a chunk (partial file data). (default 5M)
-      --cache-chunk-total-size SizeSuffix            The total size that the chunks can take up on the local disk. (default 10G)
-      --cache-db-path string                         Directory to store file structure metadata DB. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone/cache-backend")
-      --cache-db-purge                               Clear all the cached data for this remote on start.
-      --cache-db-wait-time Duration                  How long to wait for the DB to be available - 0 is unlimited (default 1s)
-      --cache-dir string                             Directory rclone will use for caching. (default "$HOME/.cache/rclone")
-      --cache-info-age Duration                      How long to cache file structure information (directory listings, file size, times etc). (default 6h0m0s)
-      --cache-plex-insecure string                   Skip all certificate verifications when connecting to the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-password string                   The password of the Plex user
-      --cache-plex-url string                        The URL of the Plex server
-      --cache-plex-username string                   The username of the Plex user
-      --cache-read-retries int                       How many times to retry a read from a cache storage. (default 10)
-      --cache-remote string                          Remote to cache.
-      --cache-rps int                                Limits the number of requests per second to the source FS (-1 to disable) (default -1)
-      --cache-tmp-upload-path string                 Directory to keep temporary files until they are uploaded.
-      --cache-tmp-wait-time Duration                 How long should files be stored in local cache before being uploaded (default 15s)
-      --cache-workers int                            How many workers should run in parallel to download chunks. (default 4)
-      --cache-writes                                 Cache file data on writes through the FS
-      --checkers int                                 Number of checkers to run in parallel. (default 8)
-  -c, --checksum                                     Skip based on checksum (if available) & size, not mod-time & size
-      --client-cert string                           Client SSL certificate (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --client-key string                            Client SSL private key (PEM) for mutual TLS auth
-      --config string                                Config file. (default "/home/ncw/.rclone.conf")
-      --contimeout duration                          Connect timeout (default 1m0s)
-  -L, --copy-links                                   Follow symlinks and copy the pointed to item.
-      --cpuprofile string                            Write cpu profile to file
-      --crypt-directory-name-encryption              Option to either encrypt directory names or leave them intact. (default true)
-      --crypt-filename-encryption string             How to encrypt the filenames. (default "standard")
-      --crypt-password string                        Password or pass phrase for encryption.
-      --crypt-password2 string                       Password or pass phrase for salt. Optional but recommended.
-      --crypt-remote string                          Remote to encrypt/decrypt.
-      --crypt-show-mapping                           For all files listed show how the names encrypt.
-      --delete-after                                 When synchronizing, delete files on destination after transferring (default)
-      --delete-before                                When synchronizing, delete files on destination before transferring
-      --delete-during                                When synchronizing, delete files during transfer
-      --delete-excluded                              Delete files on dest excluded from sync
-      --disable string                               Disable a comma separated list of features.  Use help to see a list.
-      --drive-acknowledge-abuse                      Set to allow files which return cannotDownloadAbusiveFile to be downloaded.
-      --drive-allow-import-name-change               Allow the filetype to change when uploading Google docs (e.g. file.doc to file.docx). This will confuse sync and reupload every time.
-      --drive-alternate-export                       Use alternate export URLs for google documents export.,
-      --drive-auth-owner-only                        Only consider files owned by the authenticated user.
-      --drive-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Upload chunk size. Must a power of 2 >= 256k. (default 8M)
-      --drive-client-id string                       Google Application Client Id
-      --drive-client-secret string                   Google Application Client Secret
-      --drive-export-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for downloading Google docs. (default "docx,xlsx,pptx,svg")
-      --drive-formats string                         Deprecated: see export_formats
-      --drive-impersonate string                     Impersonate this user when using a service account.
-      --drive-import-formats string                  Comma separated list of preferred formats for uploading Google docs.
-      --drive-keep-revision-forever                  Keep new head revision of each file forever.
-      --drive-list-chunk int                         Size of listing chunk 100-1000. 0 to disable. (default 1000)
-      --drive-pacer-burst int                        Number of API calls to allow without sleeping. (default 100)
-      --drive-pacer-min-sleep Duration               Minimum time to sleep between API calls. (default 100ms)
-      --drive-root-folder-id string                  ID of the root folder
-      --drive-scope string                           Scope that rclone should use when requesting access from drive.
-      --drive-service-account-credentials string     Service Account Credentials JSON blob
-      --drive-service-account-file string            Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --drive-shared-with-me                         Only show files that are shared with me.
-      --drive-skip-checksum-gphotos                  Skip MD5 checksum on Google photos and videos only.
-      --drive-skip-gdocs                             Skip google documents in all listings.
-      --drive-team-drive string                      ID of the Team Drive
-      --drive-trashed-only                           Only show files that are in the trash.
-      --drive-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix               Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 8M)
-      --drive-use-created-date                       Use file created date instead of modified date.,
-      --drive-use-trash                              Send files to the trash instead of deleting permanently. (default true)
-      --drive-v2-download-min-size SizeSuffix        If Object's are greater, use drive v2 API to download. (default off)
-      --dropbox-chunk-size SizeSuffix                Upload chunk size. (< 150M). (default 48M)
-      --dropbox-client-id string                     Dropbox App Client Id
-      --dropbox-client-secret string                 Dropbox App Client Secret
-      --dropbox-impersonate string                   Impersonate this user when using a business account.
-  -n, --dry-run                                      Do a trial run with no permanent changes
-      --dump DumpFlags                               List of items to dump from: headers,bodies,requests,responses,auth,filters,goroutines,openfiles
-      --dump-bodies                                  Dump HTTP headers and bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --dump-headers                                 Dump HTTP bodies - may contain sensitive info
-      --exclude stringArray                          Exclude files matching pattern
-      --exclude-from stringArray                     Read exclude patterns from file
-      --exclude-if-present string                    Exclude directories if filename is present
-      --fast-list                                    Use recursive list if available. Uses more memory but fewer transactions.
-      --files-from stringArray                       Read list of source-file names from file
-  -f, --filter stringArray                           Add a file-filtering rule
-      --filter-from stringArray                      Read filtering patterns from a file
-      --ftp-concurrency int                          Maximum number of FTP simultaneous connections, 0 for unlimited
-      --ftp-host string                              FTP host to connect to
-      --ftp-pass string                              FTP password
-      --ftp-port string                              FTP port, leave blank to use default (21)
-      --ftp-user string                              FTP username, leave blank for current username, $USER
-      --gcs-bucket-acl string                        Access Control List for new buckets.
-      --gcs-bucket-policy-only                       Access checks should use bucket-level IAM policies.
-      --gcs-client-id string                         Google Application Client Id
-      --gcs-client-secret string                     Google Application Client Secret
-      --gcs-location string                          Location for the newly created buckets.
-      --gcs-object-acl string                        Access Control List for new objects.
-      --gcs-project-number string                    Project number.
-      --gcs-service-account-file string              Service Account Credentials JSON file path
-      --gcs-storage-class string                     The storage class to use when storing objects in Google Cloud Storage.
-      --http-no-slash                                Set this if the site doesn't end directories with /
-      --http-url string                              URL of http host to connect to
-      --hubic-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --hubic-client-id string                       Hubic Client Id
-      --hubic-client-secret string                   Hubic Client Secret
-      --hubic-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --ignore-case                                  Ignore case in filters (case insensitive)
-      --ignore-checksum                              Skip post copy check of checksums.
-      --ignore-errors                                delete even if there are I/O errors
-      --ignore-existing                              Skip all files that exist on destination
-      --ignore-size                                  Ignore size when skipping use mod-time or checksum.
-  -I, --ignore-times                                 Don't skip files that match size and time - transfer all files
-      --immutable                                    Do not modify files. Fail if existing files have been modified.
-      --include stringArray                          Include files matching pattern
-      --include-from stringArray                     Read include patterns from file
-      --jottacloud-hard-delete                       Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --jottacloud-md5-memory-limit SizeSuffix       Files bigger than this will be cached on disk to calculate the MD5 if required. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-mountpoint string                 The mountpoint to use.
-      --jottacloud-unlink                            Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-      --jottacloud-upload-resume-limit SizeSuffix    Files bigger than this can be resumed if the upload fail's. (default 10M)
-      --jottacloud-user string                       User Name:
-      --koofr-endpoint string                        The Koofr API endpoint to use (default "https://app.koofr.net")
-      --koofr-mountid string                         Mount ID of the mount to use. If omitted, the primary mount is used.
-      --koofr-password string                        Your Koofr password for rclone (generate one at https://app.koofr.net/app/admin/preferences/password)
-      --koofr-user string                            Your Koofr user name
-  -l, --links                                        Translate symlinks to/from regular files with a '.rclonelink' extension
-      --local-no-check-updated                       Don't check to see if the files change during upload
-      --local-no-unicode-normalization               Don't apply unicode normalization to paths and filenames (Deprecated)
-      --local-nounc string                           Disable UNC (long path names) conversion on Windows
-      --log-file string                              Log everything to this file
-      --log-format string                            Comma separated list of log format options (default "date,time")
-      --log-level string                             Log level DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "NOTICE")
-      --low-level-retries int                        Number of low level retries to do. (default 10)
-      --max-age Duration                             Only transfer files younger than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --max-backlog int                              Maximum number of objects in sync or check backlog. (default 10000)
-      --max-delete int                               When synchronizing, limit the number of deletes (default -1)
-      --max-depth int                                If set limits the recursion depth to this. (default -1)
-      --max-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files smaller than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --max-transfer SizeSuffix                      Maximum size of data to transfer. (default off)
-      --mega-debug                                   Output more debug from Mega.
-      --mega-hard-delete                             Delete files permanently rather than putting them into the trash.
-      --mega-pass string                             Password.
-      --mega-user string                             User name
-      --memprofile string                            Write memory profile to file
-      --min-age Duration                             Only transfer files older than this in s or suffix ms|s|m|h|d|w|M|y (default off)
-      --min-size SizeSuffix                          Only transfer files bigger than this in k or suffix b|k|M|G (default off)
-      --modify-window duration                       Max time diff to be considered the same (default 1ns)
-      --no-check-certificate                         Do not verify the server SSL certificate. Insecure.
-      --no-gzip-encoding                             Don't set Accept-Encoding: gzip.
-      --no-traverse                                  Don't traverse destination file system on copy.
-      --no-update-modtime                            Don't update destination mod-time if files identical.
-  -x, --one-file-system                              Don't cross filesystem boundaries (unix/macOS only).
-      --onedrive-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to upload files with - must be multiple of 320k. (default 10M)
-      --onedrive-client-id string                    Microsoft App Client Id
-      --onedrive-client-secret string                Microsoft App Client Secret
-      --onedrive-drive-id string                     The ID of the drive to use
-      --onedrive-drive-type string                   The type of the drive ( personal | business | documentLibrary )
-      --onedrive-expose-onenote-files                Set to make OneNote files show up in directory listings.
-      --opendrive-password string                    Password.
-      --opendrive-username string                    Username
-      --pcloud-client-id string                      Pcloud App Client Id
-      --pcloud-client-secret string                  Pcloud App Client Secret
-  -P, --progress                                     Show progress during transfer.
-      --qingstor-access-key-id string                QingStor Access Key ID
-      --qingstor-chunk-size SizeSuffix               Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 4M)
-      --qingstor-connection-retries int              Number of connection retries. (default 3)
-      --qingstor-endpoint string                     Enter a endpoint URL to connection QingStor API.
-      --qingstor-env-auth                            Get QingStor credentials from runtime. Only applies if access_key_id and secret_access_key is blank.
-      --qingstor-secret-access-key string            QingStor Secret Access Key (password)
-      --qingstor-upload-concurrency int              Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 1)
-      --qingstor-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix            Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --qingstor-zone string                         Zone to connect to.
-  -q, --quiet                                        Print as little stuff as possible
-      --rc                                           Enable the remote control server.
-      --rc-addr string                               IPaddress:Port or :Port to bind server to. (default "localhost:5572")
-      --rc-cert string                               SSL PEM key (concatenation of certificate and CA certificate)
-      --rc-client-ca string                          Client certificate authority to verify clients with
-      --rc-files string                              Path to local files to serve on the HTTP server.
-      --rc-htpasswd string                           htpasswd file - if not provided no authentication is done
-      --rc-key string                                SSL PEM Private key
-      --rc-max-header-bytes int                      Maximum size of request header (default 4096)
-      --rc-no-auth                                   Don't require auth for certain methods.
-      --rc-pass string                               Password for authentication.
-      --rc-realm string                              realm for authentication (default "rclone")
-      --rc-serve                                     Enable the serving of remote objects.
-      --rc-server-read-timeout duration              Timeout for server reading data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-server-write-timeout duration             Timeout for server writing data (default 1h0m0s)
-      --rc-user string                               User name for authentication.
-      --retries int                                  Retry operations this many times if they fail (default 3)
-      --retries-sleep duration                       Interval between retrying operations if they fail, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable)
-      --s3-access-key-id string                      AWS Access Key ID.
-      --s3-acl string                                Canned ACL used when creating buckets and storing or copying objects.
-      --s3-bucket-acl string                         Canned ACL used when creating buckets.
-      --s3-chunk-size SizeSuffix                     Chunk size to use for uploading. (default 5M)
-      --s3-disable-checksum                          Don't store MD5 checksum with object metadata
-      --s3-endpoint string                           Endpoint for S3 API.
-      --s3-env-auth                                  Get AWS credentials from runtime (environment variables or EC2/ECS meta data if no env vars).
-      --s3-force-path-style                          If true use path style access if false use virtual hosted style. (default true)
-      --s3-location-constraint string                Location constraint - must be set to match the Region.
-      --s3-provider string                           Choose your S3 provider.
-      --s3-region string                             Region to connect to.
-      --s3-secret-access-key string                  AWS Secret Access Key (password)
-      --s3-server-side-encryption string             The server-side encryption algorithm used when storing this object in S3.
-      --s3-session-token string                      An AWS session token
-      --s3-sse-kms-key-id string                     If using KMS ID you must provide the ARN of Key.
-      --s3-storage-class string                      The storage class to use when storing new objects in S3.
-      --s3-upload-concurrency int                    Concurrency for multipart uploads. (default 4)
-      --s3-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix                  Cutoff for switching to chunked upload (default 200M)
-      --s3-v2-auth                                   If true use v2 authentication.
-      --sftp-ask-password                            Allow asking for SFTP password when needed.
-      --sftp-disable-hashcheck                       Disable the execution of SSH commands to determine if remote file hashing is available.
-      --sftp-host string                             SSH host to connect to
-      --sftp-key-file string                         Path to PEM-encoded private key file, leave blank or set key-use-agent to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-key-file-pass string                    The passphrase to decrypt the PEM-encoded private key file.
-      --sftp-key-use-agent                           When set forces the usage of the ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-pass string                             SSH password, leave blank to use ssh-agent.
-      --sftp-path-override string                    Override path used by SSH connection.
-      --sftp-port string                             SSH port, leave blank to use default (22)
-      --sftp-set-modtime                             Set the modified time on the remote if set. (default true)
-      --sftp-use-insecure-cipher                     Enable the use of the aes128-cbc cipher. This cipher is insecure and may allow plaintext data to be recovered by an attacker.
-      --sftp-user string                             SSH username, leave blank for current username, ncw
-      --size-only                                    Skip based on size only, not mod-time or checksum
-      --skip-links                                   Don't warn about skipped symlinks.
-      --stats duration                               Interval between printing stats, e.g 500ms, 60s, 5m. (0 to disable) (default 1m0s)
-      --stats-file-name-length int                   Max file name length in stats. 0 for no limit (default 45)
-      --stats-log-level string                       Log level to show --stats output DEBUG|INFO|NOTICE|ERROR (default "INFO")
-      --stats-one-line                               Make the stats fit on one line.
-      --stats-unit string                            Show data rate in stats as either 'bits' or 'bytes'/s (default "bytes")
-      --streaming-upload-cutoff SizeSuffix           Cutoff for switching to chunked upload if file size is unknown. Upload starts after reaching cutoff or when file ends. (default 100k)
-      --suffix string                                Suffix for use with --backup-dir.
-      --suffix-keep-extension                        Preserve the extension when using --suffix.
-      --swift-application-credential-id string       Application Credential ID (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_ID)
-      --swift-application-credential-name string     Application Credential Name (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_NAME)
-      --swift-application-credential-secret string   Application Credential Secret (OS_APPLICATION_CREDENTIAL_SECRET)
-      --swift-auth string                            Authentication URL for server (OS_AUTH_URL).
-      --swift-auth-token string                      Auth Token from alternate authentication - optional (OS_AUTH_TOKEN)
-      --swift-auth-version int                       AuthVersion - optional - set to (1,2,3) if your auth URL has no version (ST_AUTH_VERSION)
-      --swift-chunk-size SizeSuffix                  Above this size files will be chunked into a _segments container. (default 5G)
-      --swift-domain string                          User domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_USER_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-endpoint-type string                   Endpoint type to choose from the service catalogue (OS_ENDPOINT_TYPE) (default "public")
-      --swift-env-auth                               Get swift credentials from environment variables in standard OpenStack form.
-      --swift-key string                             API key or password (OS_PASSWORD).
-      --swift-no-chunk                               Don't chunk files during streaming upload.
-      --swift-region string                          Region name - optional (OS_REGION_NAME)
-      --swift-storage-policy string                  The storage policy to use when creating a new container
-      --swift-storage-url string                     Storage URL - optional (OS_STORAGE_URL)
-      --swift-tenant string                          Tenant name - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant_id required otherwise (OS_TENANT_NAME or OS_PROJECT_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-domain string                   Tenant domain - optional (v3 auth) (OS_PROJECT_DOMAIN_NAME)
-      --swift-tenant-id string                       Tenant ID - optional for v1 auth, this or tenant required otherwise (OS_TENANT_ID)
-      --swift-user string                            User name to log in (OS_USERNAME).
-      --swift-user-id string                         User ID to log in - optional - most swift systems use user and leave this blank (v3 auth) (OS_USER_ID).
-      --syslog                                       Use Syslog for logging
-      --syslog-facility string                       Facility for syslog, eg KERN,USER,... (default "DAEMON")
-      --timeout duration                             IO idle timeout (default 5m0s)
-      --tpslimit float                               Limit HTTP transactions per second to this.
-      --tpslimit-burst int                           Max burst of transactions for --tpslimit. (default 1)
-      --track-renames                                When synchronizing, track file renames and do a server side move if possible
-      --transfers int                                Number of file transfers to run in parallel. (default 4)
-      --union-remotes string                         List of space separated remotes.
-  -u, --update                                       Skip files that are newer on the destination.
-      --use-cookies                                  Enable session cookiejar.
-      --use-mmap                                     Use mmap allocator (see docs).
-      --use-server-modtime                           Use server modified time instead of object metadata
-      --user-agent string                            Set the user-agent to a specified string. The default is rclone/ version (default "rclone/v1.47.0")
-  -v, --verbose count                                Print lots more stuff (repeat for more)
-      --webdav-bearer-token string                   Bearer token instead of user/pass (eg a Macaroon)
-      --webdav-pass string                           Password.
-      --webdav-url string                            URL of http host to connect to
-      --webdav-user string                           User name
-      --webdav-vendor string                         Name of the Webdav site/service/software you are using
-      --yandex-client-id string                      Yandex Client Id
-      --yandex-client-secret string                  Yandex Client Secret
-      --yandex-unlink                                Remove existing public link to file/folder with link command rather than creating.
-```
-
 ### SEE ALSO
 
 * [rclone config](/commands/rclone_config/)	 - Enter an interactive configuration session.
 
-###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 13-Apr-2019
+###### Auto generated by spf13/cobra on 10-May-2019